00459762-Hardware Description (V100R001 - 06) PDF

OptiX OSN 1800 Compact Multi-Service Edge Optical Transport
Platform
V100R001
Hardware Description
Issue 06
Date 2009-10-19
Part Number 00459762
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. For any
assistance, please contact our local office or company headquarters.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2009. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are the property of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided AS IS without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but the statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

OptiX OSN 1800 Compact Multi-Service Edge Optical
Transport Platform
Hardware Description Contents
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................1

1 CTL................................................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Version Description.........................................................................................................................................1-2
1.2 Application......................................................................................................................................................1-2
1.3 Functions and Features....................................................................................................................................1-2
1.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow................................................................................................................1-3
1.5 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................................1-4
1.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................................1-4
1.7 CTL Interfaces.................................................................................................................................................1-4
1.8 CTL Specifications..........................................................................................................................................1-5
2 DMD1...........................................................................................................................................2-1
2.2 Application......................................................................................................................................................2-2
2.5 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................................2-4
2.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................................2-5
2.7 DMD1 Optical Interfaces................................................................................................................................2-6
2.8 DMD1 Specifications......................................................................................................................................2-6
3 DMD1S.........................................................................................................................................3-1
3.2 Application......................................................................................................................................................3-2
3.5 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................................3-4
3.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................................3-5
3.7 DMD1S Optical Interfaces..............................................................................................................................3-6
3.8 DMD1S Specifications....................................................................................................................................3-6
4 DMD2...........................................................................................................................................4-1
4.2 Application......................................................................................................................................................4-2
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Transport Platform
Contents Hardware Description

4.5 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................................4-4
4.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................................4-5
4.7 DMD2 Optical Interfaces................................................................................................................................4-5
4.8 DMD2 Specifications......................................................................................................................................4-6
5 DMD2S.........................................................................................................................................5-1
5.2 Application......................................................................................................................................................5-2
5.5 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................................5-4
5.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................................5-5
5.7 DMD2S Optical Interfaces..............................................................................................................................5-6
5.8 DMD2S Specifications....................................................................................................................................5-6
6 FAN...............................................................................................................................................6-1
6.2 Application......................................................................................................................................................6-2
6.5 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................................6-3
6.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................................6-4
6.7 FAN Optical Interfaces...................................................................................................................................6-4
6.8 FAN Specifications.........................................................................................................................................6-4
7 FIU.................................................................................................................................................7-1
7.2 Application......................................................................................................................................................7-2
7.5 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................................7-4
7.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................................7-4
7.7 FIU Optical Interfaces.....................................................................................................................................7-5
7.8 FIU Specifications...........................................................................................................................................7-5
8 LDGF............................................................................................................................................ 8-1
8.2 Application......................................................................................................................................................8-2
8.5 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................................8-8
8.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................................8-9
8.7 LDGF Interfaces............................................................................................................................................8-10
8.8 LDGF Specifications.....................................................................................................................................8-10
ii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
9 LDGF2..........................................................................................................................................9-1
9.2 Application......................................................................................................................................................9-2
9.5 Front Panel......................................................................................................................................................9-7
9.6 Valid Slots.......................................................................................................................................................9-8
9.7 LDGF2 Interfaces............................................................................................................................................9-8
9.8 LDGF2 Specifications.....................................................................................................................................9-9
10 LOE............................................................................................................................................10-1
10.1 Version Description.....................................................................................................................................10-2
10.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................10-2
10.3 Functions and Features................................................................................................................................10-4
10.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow............................................................................................................10-6
10.5 Front Panel................................................................................................................................................10-13
10.6 Valid Slots.................................................................................................................................................10-14
10.7 LOE Optical Interfaces..............................................................................................................................10-15
10.8 LOE Specifications...................................................................................................................................10-15
11 LOEL.........................................................................................................................................11-1
11.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................11-2
11.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................11-5
11.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................11-6
11.7 LOEL Optical Interfaces.............................................................................................................................11-6
11.8 LOEL Specifications...................................................................................................................................11-7
12 LOEU........................................................................................................................................12-1
12.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................12-2
12.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................12-8
12.6 Valid Slots.................................................................................................................................................12-10
12.7 LOEU Interfaces.......................................................................................................................................12-10
12.8 LOEU Specifications.................................................................................................................................12-11
13 LQG...........................................................................................................................................13-1
13.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................13-2
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Transport Platform
13.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................13-7

13.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................13-8
13.7 LQG Interfaces............................................................................................................................................13-8
13.8 LQG Specifications...................................................................................................................................13-10
14 LQM..........................................................................................................................................14-1
14.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................14-2
14.5 Front Panel................................................................................................................................................14-10
14.6 Valid Slots.................................................................................................................................................14-11
14.7 LQM Interfaces.........................................................................................................................................14-12
14.8 LQM Specifications..................................................................................................................................14-13
15 LQM2........................................................................................................................................15-1
15.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................15-2
15.5 Front Panel................................................................................................................................................15-16
15.6 Valid Slots.................................................................................................................................................15-18
15.7 LQM2 Interfaces.......................................................................................................................................15-19
15.8 LQM2 Specifications................................................................................................................................15-21
16 LSPL..........................................................................................................................................16-1
16.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................16-2
16.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................16-5
16.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................16-6
16.7 LSPL Optical Interfaces..............................................................................................................................16-6
16.8 LSPL Specifications....................................................................................................................................16-7
17 LSPR..........................................................................................................................................17-1
17.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................17-2
17.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................17-5
17.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................17-6
17.7 LSPR Optical Interfaces..............................................................................................................................17-6
17.8 LSPR Specifications....................................................................................................................................17-7
18 LSPU.........................................................................................................................................18-1
iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform

18.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................18-2
18.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................18-5
18.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................18-6
18.7 LSPU Optical Interfaces..............................................................................................................................18-6
18.8 LSPU Specifications...................................................................................................................................18-7
19 LSX............................................................................................................................................19-1
19.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................19-2
19.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................19-8
19.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................19-9
19.7 LSX Optical Interfaces................................................................................................................................19-9
19.8 LSX Specifications....................................................................................................................................19-10
20 LWX2.........................................................................................................................................20-1
20.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................20-2
20.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................20-8
20.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................20-9
20.7 LWX2 Interfaces.......................................................................................................................................20-10
20.8 LWX2 Specifications................................................................................................................................20-11
21 MD8..........................................................................................................................................21-1
21.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................21-2
21.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................21-4
21.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................21-4
21.7 MD8 Optical Interfaces...............................................................................................................................21-5
21.8 MD8 Specifications.....................................................................................................................................21-6
22 MD8S........................................................................................................................................22-1
22.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................22-2
22.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................22-4
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

Transport Platform
22.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................22-5

22.7 MD8S Optical Interfaces.............................................................................................................................22-5
22.8 MD8S Specifications...................................................................................................................................22-6
23 MR1...........................................................................................................................................23-1
23.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................23-2
23.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................23-4
23.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................23-5
23.7 MR1 Optical Interfaces...............................................................................................................................23-5
23.8 MR1 Specifications.....................................................................................................................................23-6
24 MR1S........................................................................................................................................24-1
24.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................24-2
24.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................24-4
24.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................24-5
24.7 MR1S Optical Interfaces.............................................................................................................................24-6
24.8 MR1S Specifications...................................................................................................................................24-6
25 MR2...........................................................................................................................................25-1
25.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................25-2
25.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................25-4
25.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................25-5
26 MR2S........................................................................................................................................26-1
26.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................26-2
26.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................26-4
26.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................26-5
27 MR4...........................................................................................................................................27-1
vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform

27.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................27-2
27.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................27-4
27.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................27-5
28 MR4S........................................................................................................................................28-1
28.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................28-2
28.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................28-4
28.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................28-5
29 MR8...........................................................................................................................................29-1
29.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................29-2
29.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................29-4
29.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................29-5
30 OLP............................................................................................................................................30-1
30.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................30-2
30.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................30-5
30.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................30-6
30.7 OLP Optical Interfaces................................................................................................................................30-6
30.8 OLP Specifications......................................................................................................................................30-7
31 OPU...........................................................................................................................................31-1
31.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................31-2
31.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................31-5
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

Transport Platform
31.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................31-6

31.7 OPU Optical Interfaces...............................................................................................................................31-6
31.8 OPU Specifications.....................................................................................................................................31-7
32 PIU.............................................................................................................................................32-1
32.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................32-2
32.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................32-3
32.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................32-4
32.7 PIU Optical Interfaces.................................................................................................................................32-5
32.8 PIU Specifications.......................................................................................................................................32-5
33 SBM1.........................................................................................................................................33-1
33.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................33-2
33.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................33-4
33.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................33-6
33.7 SBM1 Optical Interfaces.............................................................................................................................33-6
33.8 SBM1 Specifications...................................................................................................................................33-7
34 SBM2.........................................................................................................................................34-1
34.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................34-2
34.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................34-4
34.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................34-6
35 SBM4.........................................................................................................................................35-1
35.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................35-2
35.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................35-4
35.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................35-5
36 SBM8.........................................................................................................................................36-1
viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform

36.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................36-2
36.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................36-4
36.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................36-5
37 SCC............................................................................................................................................37-1
37.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................37-2
37.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................37-5
37.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................37-6
37.7 SCC Optical Interfaces................................................................................................................................37-7
37.8 SCC Specifications......................................................................................................................................37-7
38 SCS............................................................................................................................................38-1
38.2 Application..................................................................................................................................................38-2
38.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................38-4
38.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................38-5
38.7 SCS Optical Interfaces................................................................................................................................38-6
38.8 SCS Specifications......................................................................................................................................38-6
A Indicators...................................................................................................................................A-1
B Loopback.................................................................................................................................... B-1
C Power Consumption, Weight and Slots of Boards.............................................................C-1
D Glossary.....................................................................................................................................D-1
E Acronyms and Abbreviations.................................................................................................E-1
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

Transport Platform
Hardware Description Figures
Figures
Figure 1-1 Functional block diagram of the CTL board...................................................................................... 1-3

Figure 1-2 Front panel of the CTL.......................................................................................................................1-4
Figure 2-1 DMD1 board application in a WDM system......................................................................................2-2
Figure 2-2 Principle block diagram of the DMD1...............................................................................................2-3
Figure 2-3 Front panel of the DMD1................................................................................................................... 2-4
Figure 3-1 DMD1S board application in a WDM system....................................................................................3-2
Figure 3-2 Principle block diagram of the DMD1S.............................................................................................3-3
Figure 3-3 Front panel of the DMD1S.................................................................................................................3-4
Figure 4-1 Application of the DMD2 in WDM system....................................................................................... 4-2
Figure 4-2 Principle block diagram of the DMD2...............................................................................................4-3
Figure 4-3 Front panel of the DMD2................................................................................................................... 4-4
Figure 5-1 DMD2S board application in the WDM system................................................................................ 5-2
Figure 5-2 Principle block diagram of the DMD2S.............................................................................................5-3
Figure 5-3 Front panel of the DMD2S.................................................................................................................5-4
Figure 6-1 Front panel of the FAN.......................................................................................................................6-3
Figure 7-1 FIU board application in a WDM system...........................................................................................7-2
Figure 7-2 Functional block diagram of the FIU board....................................................................................... 7-3
Figure 7-3 Front panel of the FIU board..............................................................................................................7-4
Figure 8-1 LDGF board application in a WDM system.......................................................................................8-2
Figure 8-2 Functional block diagram of the LDGF board (TX1/RX1 and TX2/RX2 interfaces access GE optical
signals).................................................................................................................................................................. 8-5
Figure 8-3 Functional block diagram of the LDGF board (TX1/RX1 and TX2/RX2 interfaces access GE electrical
signals).................................................................................................................................................................. 8-6
Figure 8-4 Front panel of the LDGF....................................................................................................................8-8
Figure 9-1 LDGF2 board application in a WDM system.....................................................................................9-2
Figure 9-2 Functional block diagram of the LDGF2 unit....................................................................................9-5
Figure 9-3 Front panel of the LDGF2..................................................................................................................9-7
Figure 10-1 Application of the LOE to access eight channels of EPON services.............................................10-3
Figure 10-2 Application of the LOE to access eight channels of GE services...................................................10-3
Figure 10-3 Hybrid transmission of EPON and GE services.............................................................................10-4
Figure 10-4 Functional block diagram of the LOE (on the ONU side to access eight channels of EPON services)
.............................................................................................................................................................................10-6
Figure 10-5 Functional block diagram of the LOE (on the OLT side to access eight channels of EPON services)
.............................................................................................................................................................................10-7
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

Transport Platform
Figures Hardware Description
Figure 10-6 Functional block diagram of the LOE (access eight channels of GE signals)................................10-8
Figure 10-7 Functional block diagram of the LOE (used on the ONU side)...................................................10-10
Figure 10-8 Functional block diagram of the LOE (used on the OLT side)....................................................10-11
Figure 10-9 Front panel of the LOE (used to access eight channels of EPON signals)...................................10-13
Figure 10-10 Front panel of the LOE (used to access eight channels of GE signals)......................................10-13
Figure 11-1 Application of the LOEL in WDM system....................................................................................11-2
Figure 11-2 Functional block diagram of the LOEL..........................................................................................11-4
Figure 11-3 Front panel of the LOEL................................................................................................................11-5
Figure 12-1 Application of the LOEU to access eight channels of EPON services...........................................12-2
Figure 12-2 Application of the LOEU to access eight channels of GE services................................................12-3
Figure 12-3 Functional block diagram of the LOEU (access eight channels of EPON signals)........................12-5
Figure 12-4 Functional block diagram of the LOEU (access eight channels of GE signals).............................12-6
Figure 12-5 Front panel of the LOEU (used to access eight channels of EPON signals)..................................12-8
Figure 12-6 Front panel of the LOEU (used to access eight channels of GE signals).......................................12-8
Figure 13-1 Application of the LQG in WDM systems.....................................................................................13-2
Figure 13-2 The functional block diagram of the LQG board...........................................................................13-5
Figure 13-3 Front panel of the LQG..................................................................................................................13-7
Figure 13-4 Cross-connection diagram of the LQG.........................................................................................13-10
Figure 14-1 Application of the LQM accessing four channels of signals at any rate........................................14-3
Figure 14-2 Application of the LQM as an regeneration board.........................................................................14-3
Figure 14-3 Functional block diagram of the LQM (accessing four channels of signals at any rate)...............14-6
Figure 14-4 Functional block diagram of the LQM (accessing one channel of OTU1 optical signal)..............14-8
Figure 14-5 Front panel of the LQM................................................................................................................14-10
Figure 15-1 Application of the LQM2 board accesses dual four channels of services at any rate....................15-3
Figure 15-2 Application of the LQM2 board accesses eight channels of services at any rate...........................15-3
Figure 15-3 Application of the LQM2 as an regeneration board of two OTU1 optical signals.........................15-4
Figure 15-4 Application of the LQM2 as an regeneration board of one OTU1 optical signals.........................15-4
Figure 15-5 Functional block diagram of the LQM2 board (accessing dual four channels of signals at any rate)
.............................................................................................................................................................................15-9
Figure 15-6 Functional block diagram of the LQM2 board (accessing eight channels of signals at any rate)
...........................................................................................................................................................................15-11
Figure 15-7 Functional block diagram of the LQM2 unit (accessing two channels of OTU1 optical signals)
...........................................................................................................................................................................15-12
Figure 15-8 Functional block diagram of the LQM2 board (accessing one channel of OTU1 optical signals)
...........................................................................................................................................................................15-14
Figure 15-9 Front panel of the LQM2..............................................................................................................15-16
Figure 15-10 Cross-connection diagram of the LQM2....................................................................................15-21
Figure 16-1 Application of the LSPL in WDM system.....................................................................................16-2
Figure 16-2 Functional block diagram of the LSPL...........................................................................................16-4
Figure 16-3 Front panel of the LSPL.................................................................................................................16-5
Figure 17-1 Application of the LSPR board......................................................................................................17-2
Figure 17-2 Functional block diagram of the LSPR..........................................................................................17-4
Figure 17-3 Front panel of the LSPR.................................................................................................................17-5
xii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
Hardware Description Figures
Figure 18-1 Application of the LSPU in WDM system.....................................................................................18-2

Figure 18-2 Functional block diagram of the LSPU..........................................................................................18-4
Figure 18-3 Front panel of the LSPU.................................................................................................................18-5
Figure 19-1 Application of the LSX board (access one channel of optical signals ).........................................19-2
Figure 19-2 Application of the LSX (access one channel of OTU2 or OTU2v optical signals).......................19-3
Figure 19-3 Functional block diagram of the LSX (transparent transmission of one channel of 10G bit/s optical
signals)................................................................................................................................................................19-5
Figure 19-4 Functional block diagram of the LSX (regeneration of one channel of OTU2/OTU2v signals)
.............................................................................................................................................................................19-6
Figure 19-5 Front panel of the LSX...................................................................................................................19-8
Figure 20-1 Application of the LWX2 board (access two channels of optical signals at any rate)...................20-2
Figure 20-2 Application of the LWX2 board (access two channels of OTU1 optical signals)..........................20-3
Figure 20-3 Functional block diagram of the LWX2 (transparent transmission of two channels of signals at any
rate)......................................................................................................................................................................20-5
Figure 20-4 Functional block diagram of the LWX2 (regeneration of two channels of OTU1 signals)...........20-7
Figure 20-5 Front panel of the LWX2................................................................................................................20-8
Figure 21-1 Application of the MD8 in WDM systems.....................................................................................21-2
Figure 21-2 Principle block diagram of the MD8..............................................................................................21-3
Figure 21-3 Front panel of the MD8..................................................................................................................21-4
Figure 22-1 Application of the MD8S in WDM system....................................................................................22-2
Figure 22-2 Principle block diagram of the MD8S............................................................................................22-3
Figure 22-3 Front panel of the MD8S................................................................................................................22-4
Figure 23-1 MR1 board application in the WDM system..................................................................................23-2
Figure 23-2 Principle block diagram of the MR1..............................................................................................23-3
Figure 23-3 Front panel of the MR1..................................................................................................................23-4
Figure 24-1 Application of the MR1S in WDM systems...................................................................................24-2
Figure 24-2 Principle block diagram of the MR1S............................................................................................24-4
Figure 24-3 Front panel of the MR1S................................................................................................................24-5
Figure 26-1 MR2S board application in a WDM system...................................................................................26-2
Figure 28-1 MR4S board application in a WDM system...................................................................................28-2
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiii

Transport Platform
Figures Hardware Description
Figure 30-1 Application of the OLP in WDM systems (optical line protection)...............................................30-2
Figure 30-2 Application of the OLP in WDM systems (intra-board wavelength protection)............................30-3
Figure 30-3 Application of the OLP in WDM systems (inter-subrack 1+1 optical channel protection)...........30-3
Figure 30-4 Functional block diagram of the OLP unit.....................................................................................30-4
Figure 30-5 Front panel of the OLP...................................................................................................................30-5
Figure 31-1 Application of the OPU in WDM system.......................................................................................31-2
Figure 31-2 Functional block diagram of the OPU unit.....................................................................................31-4
Figure 31-3 Front panel of the OPU board.........................................................................................................31-5
Figure 32-1 Front panel of the PIU....................................................................................................................32-3
Figure 33-1 Application of the SBM1 in WDM system....................................................................................33-3
Figure 33-2 Functional block diagram of the SBM1......................................................................................... 33-4
Figure 33-3 Front panel of the SBM101............................................................................................................33-5
Figure 36-1 SBM8 board application in a WDM system...................................................................................36-3
Figure 37-1 Principle block diagram of the SCC...............................................................................................37-4
Figure 37-2 Front panel of the SCC...................................................................................................................37-5
Figure 38-1 SCS board application in the WDM system...................................................................................38-2
Figure 38-2 Functional block diagram of the SCS unit......................................................................................38-3
Figure 38-3 Front panel of the SCS....................................................................................................................38-4
xiv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
Hardware Description Tables
Tables
Table 1-1 Version description of the CTL............................................................................................................1-2

Table 1-2 Functions and features of the CTL.......................................................................................................1-3
Table 2-1 Version description of the DMD1........................................................................................................2-2
Table 2-2 Functions and features of the DMD1 board.........................................................................................2-3
Table 2-3 Types and functions of the DMD1 interfaces......................................................................................2-4
Table 2-4 DMD1 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000...............................................................................2-6
Table 2-5 TNF1DMD1 board specifications........................................................................................................2-6
Table 3-1 Version description of the DMD1S......................................................................................................3-2
Table 3-2 Functions and features of the DMD1S board.......................................................................................3-3
Table 3-3 Types and functions of the DMD1S interfaces....................................................................................3-5
Table 3-4 Display of the DMD1S optical interfaces............................................................................................3-6
Table 3-5 TNF1DMD1S board specifications......................................................................................................3-7
Table 4-1 Version description of the DMD2........................................................................................................4-2
Table 4-2 Functions and features of the DMD2 board.........................................................................................4-3
Table 4-3 Types and descriptions of the DMD2 interfaces..................................................................................4-4
Table 4-4 DMD2 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000...............................................................................4-6
Table 4-5 TNF1DMD2 board specifications........................................................................................................4-6
Table 5-1 Version description of the DMD2S......................................................................................................5-2
Table 5-2 Functions and features of the DMD2S board.......................................................................................5-3
Table 5-3 Types and functions of the DMD2S interfaces....................................................................................5-5
Table 5-4 DMD2S optical interfaces displayed on the T2000.............................................................................5-6
Table 5-5 TNF1DMD2S board specifications......................................................................................................5-7
Table 6-1 Version description of the FAN...........................................................................................................6-2
Table 6-2 Type description of the FAN................................................................................................................6-2
Table 7-1 Version description of the FIU.............................................................................................................7-2
Table 7-2 Functions and features of the FIU board..............................................................................................7-3
Table 7-3 Interfaces on the front panel of the FIU...............................................................................................7-4
Table 7-4 Display of the FIU optical interfaces...................................................................................................7-5
Table 7-5 TNF1FIU board specifications.............................................................................................................7-6
Table 8-1 Version description of the LDGF.........................................................................................................8-2
Table 8-2 Functions and features of the LDGF....................................................................................................8-3
Table 8-3 Types and functions of the LDGF interfaces.......................................................................................8-9
Table 8-4 Display of the LDGF interfaces.........................................................................................................8-10
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xv

Transport Platform
Tables Hardware Description
Table 8-5 Specifications of FE electrical service at client side..........................................................................8-10

Table 8-6 Specifications of GE electrical service at client side......................................................................... 8-11
Table 8-7 Specifications of optical module for GE service at client side.......................................................... 8-11
Table 8-8 Specifications of fixed wavelength optical module at DWDM side..................................................8-12
Table 8-9 Specifications of optical module at CWDM side...............................................................................8-13
Table 9-1 Version description of the LDGF2.......................................................................................................9-2
Table 9-2 Functions and features of the LDGF2..................................................................................................9-3
Table 9-3 Types and functions of the LDGF2 interfaces.....................................................................................9-8
Table 9-4 Display of the LDGF2 interfaces.........................................................................................................9-9
Table 9-5 Specifications of GE electrical service at client side......................................................................... 9-10
Table 9-6 Specifications of optical module for GE service at client side.......................................................... 9-10
Table 9-7 Specifications of fixed wavelength optical module at DWDM side..................................................9-11
Table 9-8 Specifications of optical module at CWDM side...............................................................................9-12
Table 10-1 Version description of the LOE....................................................................................................... 10-2
Table 10-2 Functions and features of the LOE board........................................................................................ 10-4
Table 10-3 Types and functions of the LOE interfaces....................................................................................10-14
Table 10-4 Display of the LOE optical interfaces............................................................................................10-15
Table 10-5 Specifications of GE electrical service at client side.....................................................................10-15
Table 10-6 Specifications of optical module for GE service at client side......................................................10-16
Table 10-7 Specifications of OLT optical module for EPON service at ONU-side........................................10-17
Table 10-8 Specifications of ONU optical module for EPON service at OLT-side........................................10-17
Table 10-9 Specifications of optical module at the DWDM side.....................................................................10-18
Table 11-1 Version description of the LOEL.....................................................................................................11-2
Table 11-2 Functions and features of the LOEL board......................................................................................11-3
Table 11-3 Types and functions of the LOEL interfaces................................................................................... 11-6
Table 11-4 Display of the LOEL optical interfaces............................................................................................11-7
Table 11-5 Specifications of ONU optical module for EPON service at OLT-side.......................................... 11-7
Table 11-6 Specifications of optical module at the DWDM side.......................................................................11-8
Table 12-1 Version description of the LOEU.................................................................................................... 12-2
Table 12-2 Functions and features of the LOEU board......................................................................................12-4
Table 12-3 Types and functions of the LOEU interfaces (used to access eight channels of EPON services)
.............................................................................................................................................................................12-9
Table 12-4 Types and functions of the LOEU interfaces (used to access eight channels of GE services)........12-9
Table 12-5 Display of the LOEU interfaces.....................................................................................................12-10
Table 12-8 Specifications of OLT optical module for EPON service at ONU-side........................................12-12
Table 13-1 Version description of the LQG.......................................................................................................13-2
Table 13-2 The functions and features of the LQG............................................................................................13-3
Table 13-3 Types and functions of the LQG interfaces..................................................................................... 13-8
Table 13-4 LQG interfaces displayed on the T2000.......................................................................................... 13-9
Table 13-5 Cross-connect ports of the LQG...................................................................................................... 13-9
xvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform

Table 13-8 Specifications of optical module at CWDM side...........................................................................13-12
Table 14-1 Version description of the LQM......................................................................................................14-2
Table 14-2 Functions and features of the LQM.................................................................................................14-4
Table 14-3 Types and functions of the LQM interfaces (realizes the convergence of four channels of signals at any
rate)....................................................................................................................................................................14-11
Table 14-4 Types and functions of the LQM interfaces (realizes the regeneration of one channel of OTU1 optical
signal)................................................................................................................................................................14-11
Table 14-5 LQM interfaces displayed on the T2000........................................................................................14-12
Table 14-6 Specifications of FE electrical service at client side......................................................................14-13
Table 14-9 Specifications of optical module for STM-16/OC-48 service at client side..................................14-15
Table 14-11 Specifications of optical module for STM-1/OC-3/FE service at client side..............................14-16
Table 14-12 Specifications of optical module for FC service at client side.....................................................14-18
Table 14-13 Specifications of optical module for ESCON and other services at client side...........................14-18
Table 14-14 Specifications of fixed wavelength optical module at DWDM side............................................14-19
Table 14-15 Specifications of optical module at CWDM side.........................................................................14-20
Table 15-1 Version description of the LQM2....................................................................................................15-2
Table 15-2 Functions and features of the LQM2...............................................................................................15-5
Table 15-3 Types and functions of the LQM2 interfaces (convergence of dual four channels of signals at any rate)
...........................................................................................................................................................................15-16
Table 15-4 Types and functions of the LQM2 interfaces (convergence of eight channels of signals at any rate)
...........................................................................................................................................................................15-17
Table 15-5 Types and functions of the LQM2 interfaces (regeneration of two channels of OTU1 optical signals)
...........................................................................................................................................................................15-18
Table 15-6 Types and functions of the LQM2 interfaces (regeneration of one channel of OTU1 optical signals)
...........................................................................................................................................................................15-18
Table 15-7 LQM2 interfaces displayed on the T2000......................................................................................15-19
Table 15-8 Cross-connect port diagram of the LQM2.....................................................................................15-20
Table 15-10 Specifications of GE electrical service at client side...................................................................15-22
Table 15-11 Specifications of optical module for GE service at client side....................................................15-23
Table 15-12 Specifications of optical module for STM-16/OC-48 service at client side................................15-24
Table 15-14 Specifications of optical module for STM-1/OC-3/FE service at client side..............................15-25
Table 16-1 Version description of the LSPL......................................................................................................16-2
Table 16-2 Functions and features of the LSPL board.......................................................................................16-3
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xvii

Transport Platform
Table 16-3 Types and functions of the LSPL interfaces....................................................................................16-6

Table 16-4 Display of the LSPL optical interfaces............................................................................................16-7
Table 16-5 Specifications of ONU optical module for GPON service at OLT-side..........................................16-7
Table 16-6 Specifications of fixed wavelength optical module at DWDM side................................................16-8
Table 16-7 Specifications of optical module at CWDM side.............................................................................16-8
Table 17-1 Version description of the LSPR......................................................................................................17-2
Table 17-2 Functions and features of the LSPR board.......................................................................................17-3
Table 17-3 Types and functions of the LSPR interfaces....................................................................................17-6
Table 17-4 Display of the LSPR optical interfaces............................................................................................17-6
Table 17-5 Specifications of ONU optical module for GPON service at OLT-side..........................................17-7
Table 17-6 Specifications of OLT optical module for GPON service at ONU-side..........................................17-7
Table 18-1 Version description of the LSPU.....................................................................................................18-2
Table 18-2 Functions and features of the LSPU board......................................................................................18-3
Table 18-3 Types and functions of the LSPU interfaces....................................................................................18-6
Table 18-4 Display of the LSPU optical interfaces............................................................................................18-7
Table 18-5 Specifications of OLT optical module for GPON service at ONU-side..........................................18-7
Table 18-6 Specifications of fixed wavelength optical module at DWDM side................................................18-8
Table 18-7 Specifications of optical module at CWDM side.............................................................................18-8
Table 19-1 Version description of the LSX........................................................................................................19-2
Table 19-2 Functions and features of the LSX...................................................................................................19-3
Table 19-3 Types and functions of the LSX interfaces......................................................................................19-9
Table 19-4 LSX optical interfaces displayed on the T2000.............................................................................19-10
Table 19-5 Specifications of optical module at client side...............................................................................19-10
Table 19-7 Specifications of optical module at CWDM side...........................................................................19-12
Table 20-1 Version description of the LWX2....................................................................................................20-2
Table 20-2 Functions and features of the LWX2...............................................................................................20-4
Table 20-3 Types and functions of the LWX2 interfaces...................................................................................20-9
Table 20-4 LWX2 interfaces displayed on the T2000......................................................................................20-10
Table 20-9 Specifications of optical module for STM-4/OC-12 service at client side....................................20-14
Table 21-1 Version description of the MD8.......................................................................................................21-2
Table 21-2 Functions and features of the MD8 board........................................................................................21-3
Table 21-3 Types and functions of the MD8 interfaces.....................................................................................21-4
Table 21-4 MD8 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000..............................................................................21-5
xviii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
Table 21-5 TNF1MD8 board specifications.......................................................................................................21-6

Table 22-1 Version description of the MD8S.................................................................................................... 22-2
Table 22-2 Functions and features of the MD8S................................................................................................22-3
Table 22-3 Types and functions of the MD8S interfaces...................................................................................22-4
Table 22-4 MD8S optical interfaces displayed on the T2000............................................................................22-6
Table 22-5 TNF1MD8S board specifications.................................................................................................... 22-6
Table 23-1 Version description of the MR1.......................................................................................................23-2
Table 23-2 Functions and features of the MR1 board........................................................................................23-3
Table 23-3 Types and functions of the MR1 interfaces..................................................................................... 23-5
Table 23-4 MR1 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000.............................................................................. 23-6
Table 23-5 TNF1MR1 board specifications.......................................................................................................23-6
Table 24-1 Version description of the MR1S.....................................................................................................24-2
Table 24-2 Functions and features of the MR1S board......................................................................................24-3
Table 24-3 Types and functions of the MR1S interfaces...................................................................................24-5
Table 24-4 MR1S optical interfaces displayed on the T2000............................................................................24-6
Table 24-5 TNF1MR1S board specifications.....................................................................................................24-7
Table 26-4 Display of the MR2S optical interfaces...........................................................................................26-6
Table 27-6 Wavelength distribution rules of the MR4 in a DWDM system......................................................27-7
Table 27-7 Wavelength distribution rules of the MR4 in a CWDM system......................................................27-8
Table 28-4 MR4S optical interfaces displayed on the T2000............................................................................28-6
Table 28-6 Wavelength distribution rules of the MR4S in a CWDM system....................................................28-7
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xix

Transport Platform

Table 29-6 Wavelength distribution rules of the MR8 in a DWDM system......................................................29-7
Table 30-1 Version description of the OLP........................................................................................................30-2
Table 30-2 Functions and features of the OLP board.........................................................................................30-3
Table 30-3 Optical interfaces on the front panel of the OLP.............................................................................30-6
Table 30-4 OLP optical interfaces displayed on the T2000...............................................................................30-7
Table 30-5 Optical interface specifications of the TNF1OLP............................................................................30-7
Table 31-1 Version description of the OPU.......................................................................................................31-2
Table 31-2 Functions and features of the OPU..................................................................................................31-3
Table 31-3 Interfaces on the front panel of the OPU..........................................................................................31-5
Table 31-4 Optical interfaces of the OPU on the T2000....................................................................................31-6
Table 31-5 OPU board specifications.................................................................................................................31-7
Table 32-1 Version description of the PIU.........................................................................................................32-2
Table 32-2 Type description of the PIU.............................................................................................................32-2
Table 32-3 Functions and features of the PIU....................................................................................................32-3
Table 32-4 Descriptions of the PIUA interfaces................................................................................................32-4
Table 32-5 Descriptions of the PIUB interfaces.................................................................................................32-4
Table 33-1 Version description of the SBM1.....................................................................................................33-2
Table 33-2 Type description of the SBM1.........................................................................................................33-2
Table 33-3 Functions and features of the SBM1................................................................................................33-3
Table 33-4 Types and functions of the SBM1 interfaces...................................................................................33-5
Table 33-5 SBM1 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000............................................................................33-7
Table 33-6 TNF1SBM1 board specifications.....................................................................................................33-7
xx Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
Table 37-1 Version description of the SCC........................................................................................................37-2

Table 37-2 Functions and features of the SCC...................................................................................................37-3
Table 37-3 Types and functions of the SCC interfaces and switches.................................................................37-6
Table 37-4 Descriptions of the pins of SW interface......................................................................................... 37-6
Table 37-5 SCC optical interfaces displayed on the T2000...............................................................................37-7
Table 37-6 SCC board specifications.................................................................................................................37-7
Table 38-1 Version description of the SCS........................................................................................................38-2
Table 38-2 Functions and features of the SCS...................................................................................................38-3
Table 38-3 Types and functions of the SCS interfaces...................................................................................... 38-5
Table 38-4 SCS optical interfaces displayed on the T2000................................................................................38-6
Table 38-5 Optical interface parameter specifications of the SCS board specifications....................................38-7
Table A-1 Descriptions of the indicator on FAN board......................................................................................A-1
Table A-2 Descriptions of the indicators on LSPR board...................................................................................A-1
Table A-3 Descriptions of the indicators on OLP board.....................................................................................A-2
Table A-4 Indicators description of the SCC board............................................................................................A-2
Table A-5 Descriptions of the indicators on other boards...................................................................................A-3
Table B-1 Loopback supported by OTUs............................................................................................................B-1
Table C-1 Power consumption, weight and valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1800 boards....................................C-1
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxi

Transport Platform
Hardware Description About This Document
About This Document
Purpose
The OptiX OSN 1800 Hardware Description describes hardware architecture and composition
of the equipment, including boards, interfaces, as well as their functions and parameters.
This document provides guides to get the reference information of the equipment.
Related Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.
Product Name Version
OptiX OSN 1800 V100R001
OptiX iManager T2000 V200R007C03
Intended Audience
The intended audiences of this document are:
l Network Planning Engineer

l Hardware Installation Engineer
l Installation and Commissioning Engineer
l Field Maintenance Engineer
l Data Configuration Engineer
l Network Monitoring Engineer
l System Maintenance Engineer
Organization
This document consists of some chapters and is organized as follows.
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

Transport Platform
About This Document Hardware Description
Chapter Description
1 CTL This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the CTL board.
2 DMD1 This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the DMD1 board.
3 DMD1S This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the DMD1S board.
4 DMD2 This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the DMD2 board.
5 DMD2S This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the DMD2S board.
6 FAN This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the FAN board.
7 FIU This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the FIU board.
8 LDGF This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LDGF board.
9 LDGF2 This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LDGF2 board.
10 LOE This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LOE board.
11 LOEL This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LOEL board.
12 LOEU This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LOEU board.
13 LQG This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LQG board.
14 LQM This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LQM board.
15 LQM2 This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LQM2 board.
16 LSPL This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LSPL board.
17 LSPR This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LSPR board.
18 LSPU This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LSPU board.
19 LSX This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LSX board.
2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
Chapter Description
20 LWX2 This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the LWX2 board.
21 MD8 This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the MD8 board.
22 MD8S This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the MD8S board.
23 MR1 This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the MR1 board.
24 MR1S This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the MR1S board.
30 OLP This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the OLP board.
31 OPU This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the OPU board.
32 PIU This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the PIU board.
33 SBM1 This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the SBM1 board.
37 SCC This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the SCC board.
38 SCS This chapter describes the function, the application and the
specification of the SCS board.

Transport Platform
Chapter Description
A Indicators This appendix describes the meaning and status of the

indicators.
B Loopback Describes the loopback function of the OTU boards.
C Power Consumption, This appendix lists the weight and power consumption of all
Weight and Slots of Boards boards.
D Glossary This appendix lists the terms used in this document.
E Acronyms and This appendix lists the acronyms and abbreviations used in
Abbreviations this document.
Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The following symbols may be found in this document. They are defined as follows.
Symbol Description
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which, if not

avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
DANGER
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk

which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate
WARNING injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not

avoided, could cause equipment damage, data loss, and
CAUTION
performance degradation, or unexpected results.
TIP Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
your time.
NOTE Provides additional information to emphasize or

supplement important points of the main text.
General Conventions
Convention Description
Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.
Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in boldface. For
example, log in as user root.

Transport Platform
Italic Book titles are in italics.

Courier New Terminal display is in Courier New.
Command Conventions
Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic Command arguments are in italic.
[] Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are

optional.
{ x | y | ... } Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. One is selected.
[ x | y | ... ] Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets

and separated by vertical bars. One or none is selected.
{ x | y | ... } * Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by

vertical bars. A minimum of one or a maximum of all can
be selected.
GUI Conventions
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in
boldface. For example, click OK.
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For
example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Keyboard Operation
Format Description
Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.
Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressingCtrl+Alt+A means the
three keys should be pressed concurrently.
Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means the two keys
should be pressed in turn.

Transport Platform
Mouse Operation
Action Description
Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer.
Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without
moving the pointer.
Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain
position.
Update History
Updates between document versions are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document version
contains all updates made to previous versions.
Updates in Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Based on Product Version V100R001

Some bugs are fixed.

Add the LOE board.

Add the OPU, LSX boards.

Some bugs are fixed.

Delete the LDER, LSEL, LSEU boards.

Initial commercial release.

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 1 CTL
1 CTL
About This Chapter
CTL: OADM control board

1.1 Version Description
The available hardware version for the CTL is TNF1.
1.2 Application
The CTL board is used in the OADM extended frame. The CTL board is connected to the SCC
board in the equipment through cables to enable the communication between the equipment and
the OADM frame.
1.3 Functions and Features
The main functions and features supported by the CTL is performing the communication
between the equipment and the OADM extended frame.
1.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow
The CTL board consists of two modules: the control and communication module, and the power
supply module.
1.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the CTL front panel.
1.6 Valid Slots
The CTL occupies one slot.
1.7 CTL Interfaces
There is an OCTL interface on the CTL front panel.
1.8 CTL Specifications
Specifications include mechanical specifications and power consumption.
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-1

Transport Platform
1 CTL Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the CTL is TNF1.
Version
Table 1-1 describes the version mapping of the CTL board.
Table 1-1 Version description of the CTL

Item Description
Board hardware version TNF1
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
1.2 Application
The CTL board is used in the OADM extended frame. The CTL board is connected to the SCC
board in the equipment through cables to enable the communication between the equipment and
the OADM frame.

The main functions and features supported by the CTL is performing the communication
between the equipment and the OADM extended frame.
For detailed functions and features, refer to Table 1-2.
1-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
Table 1-2 Functions and features of the CTL
Functions and
Features Description
Basic function It is used in the OADM extended frame. It is connected to the SCC
board in the equipment through cables to enable the
communication between the equipment and the OADM extended
frame. In this way, the T2000 is able to monitor and manage the
OADM extended frame.

The CTL board consists of two modules: the control and communication module, and the power
supply module.
Figure 1-1 is the functional block diagram of the CTL board.
Figure 1-1 Functional block diagram of the CTL board

OADM boards
Backplane
Control and
Power supply
communication
module
module
SCC board
Signal Flow
NA
Module Function
l Control and communication module
The indicators on the front panel indicate the state of the board.
It communicates with the OADM boards in the OADM extended frame and reports the data
of the boards to the SCC board in the equipment.
l Power supply module
Converts the 12V DC power into the power required by each module of the unit.

Transport Platform
1 CTL Hardware Description
1.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the CTL front panel.
Appearance of the Front Panel

Figure 1-2 shows the front panel of the CTL.
Figure 1-2 Front panel of the CTL
HUAWEI
OptiX
OSN1800 I
CTL
RUN OCTL
Indicators
There is a green indicator named RUN on the front panel of the CTL board. The indicator
indicates the running status of the board.
Interfaces
On the front panel of the CTL board, there is an OCTL interface that connects to the OCTL
interface on the SCC to supply power to the CTL board. In addition, the T2000 can monitor and
manage the OADM extended frame through the OCTL interface on the CTL board.
1.6 Valid Slots

The CTL occupies one slot.
Valid Slot in Subrack

The CTL board occupies the SLOT5 and SLOT6 in the OADM extended frame.
Display of Slot on NM
The slot is not displayed in the T2000, Web LCT, and command line.
1.7 CTL Interfaces

There is an OCTL interface on the CTL front panel.

Transport Platform
On the CTL board, there is an OCTL interface that is used to connect to the OCTL interface on
the SCC board so that the SCC board can provide power supply to the CTL board. In addition,
the T2000 is able to manage and monitor the OADM extended frame by connecting the CTL
board to the SCC board.
1.8 CTL Specifications

Mechanical Specifications
The mechanical specifications of the board are as follows:
l Dimensions (Length x Height x Depth): 48.0 mm x 41.0 mm x 208.7 mm (1.9 in. x 1.6 in.
x 8.2 in.)
l weight: 0.15 kg (0.33 lb.)
Power Consumption
The power consumption of the board is as follows:
l Maximum power consumption at 25C (77F): lower than 0.8 W

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 2 DMD1
2 DMD1
About This Chapter
DMD1: Bidirectional single channel optical add/drop multiplexing board

The available hardware version for the DMD1 is TNF1.
2.2 Application
The DMD1 board, in two directions, adds one wavelength to and drops one wavelength from
the multiplexed signals respectively. It supports both the DWDM and CWDM specifications.
The main functions and features supported by the DMD1 are adding/dropping and multiplexing.
The DMD1 unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, and communication module.
2.5 Front Panel
There are interfaces on the DMD1 front panel.
2.6 Valid Slots
The DMD1 occupies one slot.
2.7 DMD1 Optical Interfaces
This section introduces the display of optical interfaces on the board.
2.8 DMD1 Specifications
Specifications include optical specifications, mechanical specifications and power consumption.

Transport Platform
2 DMD1 Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the DMD1 is TNF1.
Version
Table 2-1 describes the version mapping of the DMD1 board.
Table 2-1 Version description of the DMD1
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
2.2 Application
The DMD1 board, in two directions, adds one wavelength to and drops one wavelength from
Figure 2-1 shows the DMD1 board application in a WDM system.
Figure 2-1 DMD1 board application in a WDM system
Client service
OTU OTU
DMD1

Transport Platform
NOTE
An OTU is a transceiver that can process transmitting signals and receiving signals for the same wavelength
at the same time.

Table 2-2 Functions and features of the DMD1 board
Functions and Features Description
Basic Function Adds/drops in two directions one channel of wavelength

signals to/from the multiplexed signals respectively.
WDM specifications Supports both the DWDM and CWDM specifications.

The DMD1 unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, and communication module.
Figure 2-2 shows the principle block diagram of the DMD1.
Figure 2-2 Principle block diagram of the DMD1

wD1 wA1 eA1 eD1
wIN Drop Add Add Drop eIN

OADM OADM
module module
wOUT eOUT
Communication module
Backplane or CTL
SCC

Transport Platform
Signal Flow
In the east, the DMD1 board receives multiplexed signals through optical interface eIN. After
the optical module processes the multiplexed signals, the board splits out one channel of optical
signals from the multiplexed signals and outputs them through optical interface eD1. The board
also receives through optical interface eA1 one channel of optical signals and couples them to
the multiplexed signals and outputs the coupled signals through eOUT.
The working principle of west signals is the same as that of east signals; while the signal flows
in the two directions are different.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of one wavelength respectively in two directions.
l Communication module
Communicates with the SCC unit, to control and operate on each module of the unit.
2.5 Front Panel


Figure 2-3 shows the front panel of the DMD1.
Figure 2-3 Front panel of the DMD1

DMD1
wIN wOUT wA1 wD1 eIN eOUT eA1 eD1

1471 1471
Indicators
The DMD1 board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are eight optical interfaces on the front panel of the DMD1 board, Table 2-3 lists the type
and function of each interface.
Table 2-3 Types and functions of the DMD1 interfaces
Optical Interface
Interface Type Function
wIN/wOUT LC Receive or transmit the westward multiplexed signal.

Transport Platform
Optical Interface
wA1 LC Receive the westward optical signals from the OTU or

integrated client-side equipment, thus adding one westward
channel.
wD1 LC Transmit the westward optical signals to the OTU or integrated

client-side equipment, thus dropping one westward channel.
eIN/eOUT LC Receive or transmit the eastward multiplexed signal.
eA1 LC Receive the eastward optical signals from the OTU or

integrated client-side equipment, thus adding one eastward
channel.
eD1 LC Transmit the eastward optical signals to the OTU or integrated

client-side equipment, thus dropping one eastward channel.
NOTE
The number under the optical interface indicates one of the wavelengths that are supported by the optical
interface.
2.6 Valid Slots


In the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis, the valid slots of the board are SLOT1, SLOT3, and SLOT4.
In the OADM extended frame, the valid slots of the board are SLOT1 to SLOT4.
In the OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis, the valid slots of the board are SLOT1 to SLOT7.
Display of Slots
On the T2000, the board occupies one logical slot.
l When the board is installed in the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis or OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis,
the slot number displayed on the T2000, T2000 Web LCT, or in the command line
represents the slot where the board is installed.
l When the board is installed in the OADM extended frame:
If the OADM extended frame works with the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis, the slot number
displayed on the T2000, T2000 Web LCT, or in the command line is a digit ranging
from 7 to 10.
If the OADM extended frame works with the OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis, the slot
number displayed on the T2000, the T2000 Web LCT, or in the command line is a digit
ranging from 12 to 15.

Transport Platform

Display of Optical Interfaces

Table 2-4 lists the sequence number displayed in an NM system of the optical interface on the
DMD1 board front panel.
Table 2-4 DMD1 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000

Optical Interfaces on the Front Panel Optical Interface Displayed on the T2000
wA1/wD1 1
eA1/eD1 2
wIN/wOUT 3
eIN/eOUT 4
NOTE
An optical port number displayed on the T2000 indicates a pair of actual optical ports, one for transmitting
signals, and the other for receiving signals.

Optical Specifications
Table 2-5 lists the optical specifications of the DMD1.
Table 2-5 TNF1DMD1 board specifications

Correspon Item Unit Value
ding
interfaces
- Operating DWDM THz 192.10 to 196.00

frequency/
wavelength CWDM nm 1471 to 1611
range
- Adjacent DWDM GHz 100

channel
spacing CWDM nm 20
eIN-eD1 0.5 dB spectral DWDM nm 0.22

width

Transport Platform

ding
interfaces
wIN-wD1 CWDM nm 13
Drop channel DWDM dB < 1.2

insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.2
Adjacent channel isolation dB > 30
Non-adjacent channel dB > 40

isolation
eA1-eOUT 0.5 dB spectral DWDM nm 0.22

wA1- width
CWDM nm 13
wOUT
Add channel DWDM dB < 1.2
insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.2
eIN-wOUT Insertion loss DWDM dB < 1.4

wIN-eOUT
CWDM dB < 1.4
- Optical return loss dB > 40
Rules of Adding/Dropping Wavelength

In DWDM and CWDM system, the DMD1 supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The
wavelength that is accessed by each optical interface should comply with the following rules:
eA1 = eD1 = wA1 = wD1
l Dimensions (Length x Height x Depth): 193.8 mm x 19.8 mm x 208.7 mm (7.6 in. x 0.8
in. x 8.2 in.)
l weight: 0.70 kg (1.54 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 3 DMD1S
3 DMD1S
About This Chapter
DMD1S: Bidirectional single channel optical add/drop multiplexing board with OSC

The available hardware version of the DMD1S is TNF1.
3.2 Application
The DMD1S board, in two directions, adds one wavelength to and drops one wavelength from
the multiplexed signals respectively. In addition, it is used to multiplex the signals in the main
optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory channel into one signal, and completes
the reverse process.
The main functions and features supported by the DMD1S are adding/dropping and
multiplexing.
The DMD1S unit consists of two parts: the OADM module and the communication module.
3.5 Front Panel
There are interfaces on the DMD1S front panel.
3.6 Valid Slots
The DMD1S occupies one slot.
3.7 DMD1S Optical Interfaces
This section describes the display of optical interfaces on the board.
3.8 DMD1S Specifications

Transport Platform
3 DMD1S Hardware Description

The available hardware version of the DMD1S is TNF1.
Version
Table 3-1 describes the version mapping of the DMD1S board.
Table 3-1 Version description of the DMD1S

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
3.2 Application
The DMD1S board, in two directions, adds one wavelength to and drops one wavelength from
Figure 3-1 shows the DMD1S board application in a WDM system.
Figure 3-1 DMD1S board application in a WDM system

Client service
OTU OTU
DMD1S
OSC OSC

Transport Platform
NOTE
at the same time.

multiplexing.
Table 3-2 Functions and features of the DMD1S board

Functions and
Basic Function Adds/drops in two directions one channel of wavelength signals to/
from the multiplexed signals respectively.
In addition, it is used to multiplex the signals in the main optical
path and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory channel into one
signal, and completes the reverse process.
WDM specifications Supports the CWDM specifications.

The DMD1S unit consists of two parts: the OADM module and the communication module.
Figure 3-2 shows the principle block diagram of the DMD1S.
Figure 3-2 Principle block diagram of the DMD1S

wD1 wSO wA1 wSI eSI eA1 eSO eD1

OADM OADM
module moudle
wOUT eOUT
Backplane or CTL
SCC

Transport Platform
Signal Flow
The board receives the east multiplexed signals from the upstream station through the eIN optical
interface. The drop module extracts one wavelength and one channel of supervisory signals. The
one wavelength is output through the eD1 optical interface and the one channel of supervisory
signals is output through the eSO optical interface. Then, the signals are sent to the west add
module.
The east add module receives the signals from the west drop module. The signals are multiplexed
with one channel of supervisory signals that are input through the eSI optical interface and then
are multiplexed with one wavelength that is input through the eA1 optical interface. The
multiplexed signals are output through the eOUT optical interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of one wavelength respectively in two directions,
and multiplex the signals in the main optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm
supervisory channel into one signal, and completes the reverse process.
3.5 Front Panel


Figure 3-3 shows the front panel of the DMD1S.
Figure 3-3 Front panel of the DMD1S

DMD1S
wIN wOUT wA1 wD1 wSI wSO eIN eOUT eA1 eD1 eSI eSO
1471 1310 1471 1310
Indicators
The DMD1S does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are twelve optical interfaces on the front panel of the DMD1S, Table 3-3 lists the type

Transport Platform
Table 3-3 Types and functions of the DMD1S interfaces
Connector
Interface type Description
wA1 LC Receive the westward optical signals from the OTU or

channel.
wD1 LC Transmit the westward optical signals to the OTU or

integrated client-side equipment, thus dropping one
westward channel.
wSI/wSO LC Receive or transmit the westward OSC signal.
eA1 LC Receive the eastward optical signals from the OTU or

channel.
eD1 LC Transmit the eastward optical signals to the OTU or

eastward channel.
eSI/eSO LC Receive or transmit the eastward OSC signal.
NOTE
interface.
3.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots

Transport Platform
from 7 to 10.


Table 3-4 lists the sequence number displayed on an NM system of the optical interface on the
DMD1S board front panel.
Table 3-4 Display of the DMD1S optical interfaces

wIN/wOUT 3
wA1/wD1 1
wSI/wSO 5
eIN/eOUT 4
eA1/eD1 2
eSI/eSO 6
NOTE

Table 3-5 lists the optical specifications of the DMD1S.

Transport Platform
Table 3-5 TNF1DMD1S board specifications
Correspondi Item Unit Value

ng
interfaces
- Operating wavelength nm 1471 to 1611

range
- Adjacent channel spacing nm 20

range of 1310 nm
eIN-eD1 0.5 dB spectral width nm 13

wIN-wD1
Drop channel insertion dB < 1.2
loss
Adjacent channel dB > 30

isolation

isolation
eIN-eSO Insertion loss dB < 1.4

wIN-wSO
eA1-eOUT 0.5 dB spectral width nm 13

wA1-wOUT
Add channel insertion loss dB < 1.2
eSI-eOUT Insertion loss dB < 1.4

wSI-wOUT
eIN-wOUT Insertion loss dB < 2.1

wIN-eOUT

In CWDM system, the DMD1S supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The wavelength
that is accessed by each optical interface should comply with the following rules:
l eA1 = eD1 = wA1 = wD1

l eSI = eSO = wSI = wSO = 1310 nm
in. x 8.2 in.)

Transport Platform
l Weight: 0.72 kg (1.59 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
4 DMD2
About This Chapter
DMD2: Bidirectional double channel optical add/drop multiplexing board

The available hardware version of the DMD2 is TNF1.
4.2 Application
The DMD2 board, in two directions, adds two wavelengths to and drops two wavelengths from
The DMD2 unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, the communication module.
4.5 Front Panel
4.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

The available hardware version of the DMD2 is TNF1.
Version
Table 4-1 describes the version mapping of the DMD2 board.
Table 4-1 Version description of the DMD2

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
4.2 Application
The DMD2 board, in two directions, adds two wavelengths to and drops two wavelengths from
For the application of the board in WDM systems, see Figure 4-1.
Figure 4-1 Application of the DMD2 in WDM system
Client service
OTU OTU
DMD2
OTU OTU
Client service

Transport Platform
NOTE
at the same time.

Table 4-2 Functions and features of the DMD2 board

Basic Function Adds/drops in two directions two channels of wavelength

signals to/from the multiplexed signals respectively.

The DMD2 unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, the communication module.
Figure 4-2 shows the principle block diagram of the DMD2.
Figure 4-2 Principle block diagram of the DMD2

wD1 wD2 wA1 wA2 eA1 eA2 eD1 eD2

OADM OADM
module module
wOUT eOUT
SCC Backplane or CTL
Signal Flow
In the east, the DMD2 board receives multiplexed signals through optical interface eIN. After
the optical module processes the multiplexed signals, the board splits out two channels of optical

Transport Platform
signals from the multiplexed signals and outputs them through optical interface eD1 and eD2.
The board also receives through optical interface eA1 and eA2 two channels of optical signals
and couples them to the multiplexed signals and outputs the coupled signals through eOUT.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of two wavelengths respectively in two directions.
4.5 Front Panel


Figure 4-3 shows the front panel of the DMD2.
Figure 4-3 Front panel of the DMD2

DMD2
wIN wOUT wA1 wD1 wA2 wD2 eIN eOUT eA1 eD1 eA2 eD2
1471 1491 1471 1491
Indicators
The DMD2 board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are twelve optical interfaces on the front panel of the DMD2. Table 4-3 lists the type and
function of each interface.
Table 4-3 Types and descriptions of the DMD2 interfaces
Interface Connector Type Description
wA1/wA2 LC Receive the westward optical signals from the OTU or

integrated client-side equipment, thus adding one
westward channel respectively.

Transport Platform
wD1/wD2 LC Transmit the westward optical signals to the OTU or

westward channel respectively.
eA1/eA2 LC Receive the eastward optical signals from the OTU or

eastward channel respectively.
eD1/eD2 LC Transmit the eastward optical signals to the OTU or

eastward channel respectively.
NOTE
interface.
4.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.


Transport Platform

DMD2 board front panel.
Table 4-4 DMD2 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000
Optical Interfaces on the Front

Panel Optical Interface Displayed on the T2000
wIN/wOUT 5
wA1/wD1 1
wA2/wD2 3
eIN/eOUT 6
eA1/eD1 2
eA2/eD2 4
NOTE

Table 4-5 lists the optical specifications of the DMD2.
Table 4-5 TNF1DMD2 board specifications

ng interfaces

frequency/
range

channel
spacing CWDM nm 20
eIN-eD1 0.5 dB spectral DWDM nm 0.22

eIN-eD2 width
CWDM nm 13

Transport Platform

ng interfaces
wIN-wD1 Drop channel DWDM dB < 1.5
wIN-wD2 insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.5

isolation
eA1-eOUT 0.5 dB spectral DWDM nm 0.22

eA2-eOUT width
CWDM nm 13
wA1-wOUT
wA2-wOUT Add channel DWDM dB < 1.5
insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.5
eIN-wOUT Add channel DWDM dB < 2.2

wIN-eOUT insertion loss
CWDM dB < 2.2

In DWDM and CWDM system, the DMD2 supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The
eA1 = eD1 = wA1 = wD1 < eA2 = eD2 = wA2 = wD2
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.72 kg (1.59 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
5 DMD2S
About This Chapter
DMD2S: Bidirectional Double Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Board With OSC

The available hardware version for the DMD2S is TNF1.
5.2 Application
The DMD2S board, in two directions, adds two wavelengths to and drops two wavelengths from
multiplexing.
The DMD2S unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, the communication module.
5.5 Front Panel
5.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

The available hardware version for the DMD2S is TNF1.
Version
Table 5-1 describes the version mapping of the DMD2S board.
Table 5-1 Version description of the DMD2S

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
5.2 Application
The DMD2S board, in two directions, adds two wavelengths to and drops two wavelengths from
Figure 5-1 shows the DMD2S board application in the WDM system.
Figure 5-1 DMD2S board application in the WDM system

Client service
4
OTU OTU
DMD2S
OSC OSC

Transport Platform
NOTE
at the same time.

multiplexing.
Table 5-2 Functions and features of the DMD2S board
Functions and
Basic Function The DMD2S board, in two directions, adds two wavelengths to and
drops two wavelengths from the multiplexed signals respectively. In
addition, it is used to multiplex the signals in the main optical path
and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory channel into one signal,
and completes the reverse process.

The DMD2S unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, the communication module.
Figure 5-2 shows the principle block diagram of the DMD2S.
Figure 5-2 Principle block diagram of the DMD2S

wD1 wD2 wSO wA1 wA2 wSI eSI eA1 eA2 eSO eD1 eD2

OADM OADM
module module
wOUT eOUT
Backplane or CTL
SCC

Transport Platform
Signal Flow
The board receives the east multiplexed signals from the upstream station through the eIN optical
interface. The drop module extracts two wavelengths and one channel of supervisory signals.
The two wavelengths are output through the eD1 and eD2 optical interfaces and the one channel
of supervisory signals is output through the eSO optical interface. Then, the signals are sent to
the west add module.
The east add module receives the signals from the west drop module. The signals are multiplexed
with one channel of supervisory signals that are input through the eSI optical interface and then
are multiplexed with two wavelengths that are input through the eA1 and eA2 optical interfaces.
The multiplexed signals are output through the eOUT optical interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of two wavelengths respectively in two directions,
and multiplex the signals in the main optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm
supervisory channel into one signal, and completes the reverse process.
5.5 Front Panel


Figure 5-3 shows the front panel of the DMD2S.
Figure 5-3 Front panel of the DMD2S

DMD2S
wIN wOUT wA1 wD1 wA2 wD2 wSI wSO eIN eOUT eA1 eD1 eA2 eD2 eSI eSO
1471 1491 1310 1471 1491 1310
Indicators
The DMD2S board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are 16 optical interfaces on the front panel of the DMD2S board, Table 5-3 lists the type

Transport Platform
Table 5-3 Types and functions of the DMD2S interfaces
Optical Interface
wA1/wA2 LC Receive the westward optical signals from the OTU or

channel respectively.
wD1/wD2 LC Transmit the westward optical signals to the OTU or integrated

client-side equipment, thus dropping one westward channel
respectively.
wSI/wSO LC Receive or transmit the westward OSC signal.
eA1/eA2 LC Receive the eastward optical signals from the OTU or

eD1/eD2 LC Transmit the eastward optical signals to the OTU or integrated

client-side equipment, thus dropping one eastward channel
respectively.
eSI/eSO LC Receive or transmit the eastward OSC signal.
NOTE
interface.
5.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots

Transport Platform
from 7 to 10.


DMD2S board front panel.
Table 5-4 DMD2S optical interfaces displayed on the T2000

wIN/wOUT 5
wA1/wD1 1
wA2/wD2 3
wSI/wSO 8
eIN/eOUT 6
eA1/eD1 2
eA2/eD2 4
eSI/eSO 7
NOTE

Table 5-5 list the optical specifications on the client and WDM side of the DMD2S.

Transport Platform
Table 5-5 TNF1DMD2S board specifications
Correspond Item Unit Value

ing
interfaces
- Operating wavelength range nm 1471 to 1611
- Adjacent channel spacing nm 20

of 1310 nm
eIN-eD1 0.5 dB spectral width nm 13

eIN-eD2
Drop channel insertion loss dB < 1.5
wIN-wD1
wIN-wD2 Adjacent channel isolation dB > 30

isolation
eIN-eSO Insertion loss dB < 2.0

wIN-wSO
eA1-eOUT 0.5 dB spectral width nm 13

eA2-eOUT
Add channel insertion loss dB < 1.5
wA1-wOUT
wA2-wOUT
eSI-eOUT Insertion loss dB < 2.0

wSI-wOUT
wIN-eOUT Insertion loss dB < 3.0

eIN-wOUT

In CWDM system, the DMD2S supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The wavelength
l eA1 = eD1 = wA1 = wD1 < eA2 = eD2 = wA2 = wD2

l eSI = eSO = wSI = wSO = 1310 nm
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.74 kg (1.63 lb.)

Transport Platform
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 6 FAN
6 FAN
About This Chapter
FAN: fan board

The available hardware version for the FAN is TNF1.
6.2 Application
The FAN board enables heat dissipation in the chassis.
NA
6.5 Front Panel
There are indicators on the FAN front panel.
6.6 Valid Slots
The FAN board occupies the dedicated FAN slot.
6.7 FAN Optical Interfaces
NA
6.8 FAN Specifications

Transport Platform
6 FAN Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the FAN is TNF1.
Version
Table 6-1 describes the version mapping of the FAN board.
Table 6-1 Version description of the FAN
Item Description
Board hardware TNF1

version
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
The system provides two types of the FAN, Table 6-2 lists the types of the FAN.
Table 6-2 Type description of the FAN
Board Name Description
FAN01 Used in OptiX OSN 1800 II.
FAN02 Used in OptiX OSN 1800 I.
Replacement
NA
6.2 Application
The FAN board is used in the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis using the wind cooling mode or the
OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis, to enables heat dissipation in the chassis.


Transport Platform
The FAN board is used in the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis using the wind cooling mode and OptiX
OSN 1800 II chassis to ensure that the equipment works normally and effectively under the
designed temperature.
The board is swappable. There is no air filter.
The FAN supports speed adjustment, manual or automatic, at six shifts: stop, low speed,
medium-low speed, medium speed, medium-high speed, and high speed. The FAN is set to low
speed by default.

NA
6.5 Front Panel

There are indicators on the FAN front panel.

Figure 6-1 shows the front panel of the FAN.
Figure 6-1 Front panel of the FAN

HUAWEI
OptiX
OSN 1800 II HUAWEI
FAN
OptiX
OSN 1800 I
FAN
FAN01 FAN02
Indicators
There is a indicator named FAN on the front panel of the FAN board, it is green and red. The
indicator indicates the running status of the board.
For details about the indicators, refer to A Indicators.

Transport Platform
6 FAN Hardware Description
Interfaces
The FAN board does not have interfaces.
6.6 Valid Slots

The FAN board occupies the dedicated FAN slot.

The FAN board occupies the SLOT 6 in the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis using the wind cooling
mode.
The FAN board occupies the SLOT 11 in the OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis.
Display of Slot on the NMS

The board occupies one slot.
l When the board is installed in the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis, the slot number displayed
on the T2000 and Web LCT, and in the command line is 06.
l When the board is installed in the OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis, the slot number displayed
6.7 FAN Optical Interfaces

NA
6.8 FAN Specifications

The mechanical specifications of the FAN01 board are as follows:
l Dimensions (Height x Width x Depth): 85.7 mm x 27.5 mm x 207.5 mm (3.4 in. x 1.1 in.
x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.70 kg (1.54 lb.)
The mechanical specifications of the FAN02 board are as follows:
x 8.4 in.)
l Weight: 0.36 kg (0.79 lb.)
Power Consumption
The power consumption of the FAN01 board is as follows:

Transport Platform
l Maximum power consumption at 25C (77F): 7.2 W

The power consumption of the FAN02 board is as follows:


Transport Platform
Hardware Description 7 FIU
7 FIU
About This Chapter
FIU: Fiber Interface Unit

The available hardware version for the FIU is TNF1.
7.2 Application
The FIU are mainly used to multiplex and demultiplex the main path and the optical supervisory
channel (OSC).
The main functions and features supported by the FIU are multiplexing or demultiplexing.
The FIU unit consists of two parts: the optical module and the communication module.
7.5 Front Panel
There are interfaces on the FIU front panel.
7.6 Valid Slots
The FIU occupies one slot.
7.7 FIU Optical Interfaces
7.8 FIU Specifications

Transport Platform
7 FIU Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the FIU is TNF1.
Version
Table 7-1 describes the version mapping of the FIU board.
Table 7-1 Version description of the FIU
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
7.2 Application
The FIU are mainly used to multiplex and demultiplex the main path and the optical supervisory
channel (OSC).
Figure 7-1 FIU board application in a WDM system
OTU OTU
OADM OADM
OTU OTU
SCC FIU FIU SCC
OTU OTU
OADM OADM
OTU OTU
NOTE
An OTU is a transceiver that can transmit and receive signals for the same wavelength at the same time.

Transport Platform

The main functions and features supported by the FIU are multiplexing or demultiplexing.
Table 7-2 Functions and features of the FIU board

Functions and
Basic function Realizes the multiplexing and demultiplexing of the main path and
the OSC.
WDM specification Supports both the DWDM and CWDM specification.

The FIU unit consists of two parts: the optical module and the communication module.
Figure 7-2 is the functional block diagram of the FIU board.
Figure 7-2 Functional block diagram of the FIU board
SI
Multiplexer OUT
RX
SO
Demultiplexier IN
TX
Optical module
Signal Flow
The multiplexing module multiplexes the main path optical signals received through the RX
optical interface and the supervisory optical signals received through the SI optical interface into
one channel of optical signals. The one channel of signals is output through the OUT optical
interface.
The IN optical interface receives line optical signals, which are then sent to the demultiplexing
module. The module demultiplexes the line optical signals into the main path optical signals and

Transport Platform
supervisory channel signals, and outputs them through the TX and SO optical interfaces
respectively.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the multiplexing and demultiplexing of main path signals and supervisory
channel signals.
7.5 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the FIU front panel.

Figure 7-3 shows the front panel of the FIU board.
Figure 7-3 Front panel of the FIU board

FIU
IN OUT RX TX SI SO
1310
Indicators
The FIU board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are six optical interfaces on the front panel of the FIU, Table 7-3 lists the type and function
of each interface.
Table 7-3 Interfaces on the front panel of the FIU

IN/OUT LC Receives/transmits the line signal.
RX/TX LC Receives/transmits the main path signal.
SI/SO LC Receives/transmits the OSC signal.
7.6 Valid Slots

The FIU occupies one slot.

Transport Platform

Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.
7.7 FIU Optical Interfaces


FIU board front panel.
Table 7-4 Display of the FIU optical interfaces
IN/OUT 1
RX/TX 2
SI/SO 3
NOTE
7.8 FIU Specifications


Transport Platform
Table 7-5 lists the optical specifications of the FIU.
Table 7-5 TNF1FIU board specifications

Correspond
ing
Interfaces Item Unit Value
- operating DWDM THz 192.10 to 196.00

frequency/
wavelength range CWDM nm 1471 to 1611
- Operating wavelength range of 1310 nm 1260 to 1360

nm
IN-SO Insertion loss DWDM dB < 1.0

SI-OUT
CWDM dB < 1.0
IN-TX Insertion loss DWDM dB < 0.8

RX-OUT
CWDM dB < 0.8
IN-SO Isolation dB > 25
IN-TX Isolation dB > 40
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.85 kg (1.87 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 8 LDGF
8 LDGF
About This Chapter
LDGF: Double GE services & double FE services wavelength conversion board with FEC

The available hardware version of the LDGF is TNF1.
8.2 Application
The LDGF is mainly used to multiplex two channels of GE service signals (GE optical signal
or GE electrical signal) and two channels of FE electrical signals into a channel of OTU1 signals,
and convert the signals into a DWDM standard wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 or
CWDM standard wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.2.
The main functions and features supported by the LDGF are wavelength conversion, service
convergence, and ALS.
The LDGF board consists of the client-side GE optical module or the client-side GE electrical
module, the RJ-45 interface, the WDM-side optical module, the service en/de-capsulation and
processing module, clock module, the communication module, and the power supply module.
8.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LDGF front panel.
8.6 Valid Slots
The LDGF occupies one slot.
8.7 LDGF Interfaces
This section introduces the display and configuration rules of interfaces on the board.
8.8 LDGF Specifications
Specifications include electrical specifications, optical specifications, laser safety level,
mechanical specifications and power consumption.

Transport Platform
8 LDGF Hardware Description

The available hardware version of the LDGF is TNF1.
Version
Table 8-1 describes the version mapping of the LDGF board.
Table 8-1 Version description of the LDGF
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
8.2 Application
The LDGF is mainly used to multiplex two channels of GE service signals (GE optical signal
or GE electrical signal) and two channels of FE electrical signals into a channel of OTU1 signals,
and convert the signals into a DWDM standard wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 or
Figure 8-1 shows the LDGF board application in a WDM system.
Figure 8-1 LDGF board application in a WDM system

G.694.1/G.694.2
GE RX1 OUT1 IN1

TX1
GE
RX2 TX2
ETH1 OADM OADM
ETH1
FE ETH2 ETH2 FE
LDGF LDGF
GE TX1 IN1 OUT1 RX1
TX2 OADM OADM RX2 GE
ETH1 ETH1
FE ETH2 ETH2 FE
Client side WDM side WDM side Client side

Transport Platform
NOTE
The ETH1 and ETH2 interfaces on the client-side are used to access FE electrical signals. The RX1/TX1
and RX2/TX2 optical interfaces on the client side support the optical interface SFP module, electrical
interface SFP module, and single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module. The preceding SFP modules can be
used on the client side at the same time. The optical interfaces on the client side can access GE optical
signals or GE electrical signals through the replacement of the SFP modules. Figure 8-1 shows that the
optical interface SFP module is used in RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 optical interfaces on the client side.

The main functions and features supported by the LDGF are wavelength conversion, service
Table 8-2 Functions and features of the LDGF

Functions and
Basic function It supports the transparent transmission of two GE services and two FE
services. It converts the services into one channel of WDM-side OTU1
signals at 2.67 Gbit/s.
The reverse process is similar.
The optical interface on the WDM side provides the dual fed and
selective receiving function.
Service type GE: Ethernet services, the rate is 1.25 Gbit/s. Supports GE optical
signals or GE electrical signals.
FE (Fast Ethernet): Fast Ethernet services, the rate is 125 Mbit/s.
Supports FE electrical signals.
Encoding mode Supports the non return to zero (NRZ) encoding.
FEC function Uses the FEC encoding specified in ITU-T G.975, which enhances the
equivalent sensitivity of the transmission system and stretch the span
distance effectively.
Alarms and Provides the Ethernet service performance monitoring function.

performance events Monitors SM_BIP8 and PM_BIP8 bytes to help locate faults.
monitoring
Monitors performance parameters and alarm signals, including the
laser working temperature and optical power.
Monitors the RMON performance of GE optical/electrical signals and
FE optical signals.
Regenerator board LWX2, LQM, LQM2
Auto-negotiation Both the electrical interfaces and optical interfaces support the auto-
function negotiation function.

Transport Platform
Functions and
OTN function l Provides the OTU1 interface on WDM-side.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by
referring to the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the mapping of GE signals into OTU1 signals. The
mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.
l Supports SM and PM functions for OTU1 and ODU1.
Protection schemes l Supports client 1+1 protection

l Supports inter-subrack 1+1 optical channel protection
l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection
Loopback l Supports WDM side inloop

l Supports WDM side outloop
l Supports client side inloop
l Supports client side outloop
ALS function When there is no optical power received at the WDM side or the client
side, the OTU board shuts down the laser of the client side or the WDM
side to avoid personal injuries.
ESC function Supports the ESC function, which can multiplex the supervisory
information into the service channel for transmission.
LPT function Provides link passthrough functions of Ethernet signals.
SFP module The LDGF board supports optical interface SFP module on the WDM
side, and supports optical interface SFP module, electrical interface
SFP module, and single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module on the
client side.
WDM specification Supports both the DWDM and CWDM specifications.

The LDGF board consists of the client-side GE optical module or the client-side GE electrical
module, the RJ-45 interface, the WDM-side optical module, the service en/de-capsulation and
processing module, clock module, the communication module, and the power supply module.

Transport Platform
Figure 8-2 Functional block diagram of the LDGF board (TX1/RX1 and TX2/RX2 interfaces
access GE optical signals)
Clock module
Client side
WDM side
RX1
RX2 O/E GE
GE en/de- E/O OUT1
TX1 E/O capsulation
TX2 OUT2
Client-side GE
Service
optical module
processing
ETH1 FE IN1
ETH2 Level en/de- O/E
FE conversion IN2
ETH1 capsulation
ETH2
Service en/de-capsulation WDM-side
RJ-45 socket and processing module optical module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
SCC
DC power supply
from the chassis

Transport Platform
Figure 8-3 Functional block diagram of the LDGF board (TX1/RX1 and TX2/RX2 interfaces
access GE electrical signals)
Clock module
Client side WDM side

RX1 GE
RX2 Level
GE conversion en/de- E/O OUT1
TX1 capsulation
TX2 OUT2
Client-side GE
electrical module Service
processing
ETH1 FE IN1
ETH2 Level O/E
FE en/de-
ETH1 conversion IN2
capsulation
ETH2
RJ-45 socket and processing module optical module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
NOTE
The RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 interfaces on the client side support the optical interface SFP module,
electrical interface SFP module, and single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module. The preceding SFP modules
can be used on the client side at the same time. The interfaces on the client side can access GE optical
signals or GE electrical signals through the replacement of the SFP modules. Figure 8-2 shows that the
optical interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 interfaces, and Figure 8-3 shows the
electrical interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 interfaces.
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LDGF unit, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LDGF to the WDM side
of the LDGF, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
l Transmit direction
The client-side GE optical module receives GE optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX2 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
The client-side GE electrical module receives GE electrical signals from client
equipment through the RX1-RX2 interfaces, and performs level conversion.
The RJ-45 interface receives two channels of FE electrical signals from the client-side
equipment through the ETH1 and ETH2 electrical interfaces, and performs the level
conversion.
After conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the service en/de-
capsulation and processing module. The module performs processes such as multiplexing,

Transport Platform
clock generating and frame processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU1
signals.
The OTU1 signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O
conversion, the module sends out the G.694.1-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s OTU1 optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths or the G.694.2-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s OTU1 optical
signals at CWDM standard wavelengths. The OTU1 optical signals are output through the
OUT optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the G.694.1-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s OTU1 optical
signals at DWDM standard wavelengths or the the G.694.2-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s OTU1
optical signals at CWDM standard wavelengths from the WDM side through the IN1 and
IN2 optical interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU1 signals are sent to the service en/de-capsulation and
processing module. The module performs processes such as decapsulation, clock recovery
and demultiplexing. Then, the module outputs two channels of GE signals and two channels
of FE signals.
The client-side GE optical module performs E/O conversion and the client-side GE
electrical module performs level conversion of GE electrical signals, and then outputs
client-side GE optical signals and GE electrical signals through the TX1-TX2 interfaces.
The RJ-45 interface performs the level conversion of the two channels of electrical signals,
and then outputs two channels of client-side FE signals through the ETH1-ETH2 electrical
interfaces.
Module Function
l Client-side GE optical module
The module consists of two parts: the client-side receiver and the client-side transmitter.
Client-side receiver: Receives GE optical signals from the client side devices and
performs the O/E conversion of the GE optical signals in internal electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from internal electrical signals to GE
optical signals, and transmits the GE optical signals to client side devices.
Reports the performance of the client-side optical interface.
Reports the working state of the client-side laser.
l Client-side GE electrical module
Client-side receiver: Receives GE electrical signals from the client side devices and
performs the level conversion of the GE electrical signals in internal electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs level conversion from internal electrical signals to GE
electrical signals, and transmits the GE electrical signals to client side devices.
l RJ-45 interface
Client-side receiver: Receives FE electrical signals from the client side devices and
performs the level conversion of the FE electrical signals in internal electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs level conversion from internal electrical signals to FE
electrical signals, and transmits the FE electrical signals to client side devices.
l WDM-side optical module
The module consists of two parts: the WDM-side receiver and the WDM-side transmitter.

Transport Platform
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU1 optical signals at 2.67 Gbit/.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to
OTU1 optical signals at 2.67 Gbit/s.
Reports the performance of the WDM-side optical interface.
Reports the working state of the WDM-side laser.
l Service en/de-capsulation and processing module
The module consists of the GE en/de-capsulation module, FE en/de-capsulation module
and the service processing module. It realizes the en/de-capsulation of GE and FE signals
and service convergence.
GE en/de-capsulation module: Processes the overheads of GE signals, and reports the
performance monitoring state of service signals.
FE en/de-capsulation module: Processes the overheads of FE signals, and reports the
Service processing module: Achieves the multiplexing from GE/FE to OTU1 and the
demultiplexing from OTU1 to GE/FE, and performs processes such as encoding/
decoding and scrambling/descrambling of signals.
l clock module
Provides a clock for the board and realizes clock transparent transmission.
Collects the information of alarms, performance events, and working states of each
functional module of the unit.
Converts the DC power into the power required by each module of the unit.
8.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LDGF front panel.

Figure 8-4 shows the front panel of the LDGF.
Figure 8-4 Front panel of the LDGF

STAT TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 OUT1 IN1 OUT2 IN2 IN1
LDGF
SRV IN2
ETH1 ETH2
NOTE
Optical interface SFP modules, electrical interface SFP modules or single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP
modules can be inserted in the client-side interfaces RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2, Figure 8-4 shows the
situation that the interfaces are inserted with optical interface SFP modules.

Transport Platform
Indicators
There are four indicators on the front panel.
l Working status indicator (STAT)red, orange, green

l Service status indicator (SRV)red, orange, green
l WDM-side receive optical power status indicator (IN1/IN2)red, green
For details on the indicators, refer to A Indicators.
Interfaces
There are ten interfaces on the front panel of the LDGF board, Table 8-3 lists the type and
Table 8-3 Types and functions of the LDGF interfaces
Interface
IN1/IN2 LC Connected to the OADM board to receive WDM signals.
OUT1/OUT2 LC Connected to the OADM board to transmit WDM signals.
TX1/TX2 LC (optical Transmits GE service signals to client-side equipment.

interfaces)
RJ-45
(electrical
interfaces)
RX1/RX2 LC (optical Receives GE service signals from client-side equipment.

interfaces)
RJ-45
(electrical
interfaces)
ETH1/ETH2 RJ-45 Receives and transmits FE electrical signals from client-

side equipment.
8.6 Valid Slots

The LDGF occupies one slot.

In the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis using the wind cooling mode, the valid slots of the board are
SLOT1, SLOT3, and SLOT4.

Transport Platform
Display of Slots
The board occupies one slot on the T2000. The slot number displayed on the T2000, T2000 Web
LCT, or in the command line represents the slot where the slot is installed.
8.7 LDGF Interfaces

Display of Interfaces
Table 8-4 lists the sequence number displayed in an NM system of the interface on the LDGF
board front panel.
Table 8-4 Display of the LDGF interfaces
Interfaces on the Front Panel Interfaces Displayed on the T2000
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
NOTE
An port number displayed on the T2000 indicates a pair of actual ports, one for transmitting signals, and
the other for receiving signals.
Configuration Rule of Interface

NA
8.8 LDGF Specifications

Electrical Specifications
Table 8-5 and Table 8-6 list the electrical specifications of the LDGF.
Table 8-5 Specifications of FE electrical service at client side
Item Unit Value
Electrical interface rate Mbit/s 125
Transmission distance m 100

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth
RJ-45 electrical - Compliant with the following norms:

interface specification l IEEE 802.3 and enterprise regulations
l 100Base-T interface test regulations
Table 8-6 Specifications of GE electrical service at client side
Item Unit Value
Electrical interface Gbit/s 1.25

rate
Transmission m 100
distance
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth

interface l IEEE 802.3z and enterprise regulations
specification
Table 8-7, Table 8-8 and Table 8-9 list the optical specifications of the LDGF.
Table 8-7 Specifications of optical module for GE service at client side
Value
1000BA 1000BAS 1000BAS 1000BASE- 1000BASE-

SE-SX E- E- ZX-80km BX-10km
Item Unit LX-10km LX-40km
Line code - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ

format
Target km 0.5 10 40 80 10
distance
Transmitter parameter specifications at point S
Operating nm 770 to 1270 to 1270 to 1500 to 1580 1310, 1490

wavelength 860 1355 1355
range

Transport Platform
Value

Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5 -3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2 -11.5

mean
launched
power
Minimum dB 9 9 9 9 9
extinction
ratio
Eye pattern - IEEE802.3z-compliant

mask
Receiver parameter specifications at point R
Receiver - PIN PIN PIN PIN PIN

type

range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -22 -23 -19

sensitivity
Minimum dBm 0 -3 -3 -3 -3
receiver
overload
Table 8-8 Specifications of fixed wavelength optical module at DWDM side
Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD
Line code format - NRZ NRZ
Maximum mean launched dBm 3 3

power
Minimum mean launched dBm -2 -2

power

Transport Platform
Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD
Typical value of mean dBm 2 0

launched power
Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2 8.2
Central frequency THz 192.10 to 196.00 192.10 to 196.00
Central frequency deviation GHz 12.5 12.5
Maximum -20 dB spectral nm 0.4 0.5

width
Minimum side mode dB 35 30

suppression ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 3400 2400
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1-compliant G.957-compliant
Receiver type - APD APD
Operating wavelength range nm 1200 to 1650 1200 to 1650
Receiver sensitivity dBm -28 -28
Minimum receiver overload dBm -9 -9
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -27
Table 8-9 Specifications of optical module at CWDM side

Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
Maximum wavelength - 8 8
count

power
Minimum mean launched dBm 0 0

power

Transport Platform
Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
Central wavelength nm 1471 to 1611 1471 to 1611
Central wavelength nm 6.5 6.5

deviation
Maximum -20 dB spectral nm 1 1

width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1-compliant
Receiver type - APD PIN
Laser Safety Level

The laser safety level of the optical interface is CLASS 1 (The maximum output optical power
of each optical interface is lower than 10 dBm (10 mW)).
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.75 kg (1.65 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 9 LDGF2
9 LDGF2
About This Chapter
LDGF2: Double 2 x GE wavelength conversion board

The available hardware version of the LDGF2 is TNF1.
9.2 Application
The LDGF2 is mainly used to multiplex two channels of 2 x GE service signals into two channels
of OTU1 signals, and convert the signals into a DWDM standard wavelength compliant with
ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM standard wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.2.
The main functions and features supported by the LDGF2 are wavelength conversion, service
The LDGF2 unit consists of the client-side optical module or the client-side electrical module,
WDM-side optical module, service en/de-capsulation and processing module, clock module,
communication module, and power supply module.
9.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LDGF2 front panel.
9.6 Valid Slots
The LDGF2 occupies one slot.
9.7 LDGF2 Interfaces
This section introduces the display and configuration rules of optical interfaces on the board.
9.8 LDGF2 Specifications

Transport Platform
9 LDGF2 Hardware Description

The available hardware version of the LDGF2 is TNF1.
Version
Table 9-1 describes the version mapping of the LDGF2 board.
Table 9-1 Version description of the LDGF2
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
9.2 Application
The LDGF2 is mainly used to multiplex two channels of 2 x GE service signals into two channels
of OTU1 signals, and convert the signals into a DWDM standard wavelength compliant with
ITU-T G.694.1 or CWDM standard wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.2.
Figure 9-1 shows the LDGF2 board application in a WDM system.
Figure 9-1 LDGF2 board application in a WDM system

RX1 OUT1 IN1 TX1
RX2 TX2
RX3 OUT3 OADM OADM IN3 TX3
RX4 TX4
GE LDGF2 G.694.1/G.694.2 LDGF2 GE
TX1 IN1 OUT1 RX1
TX2 RX2
TX3 IN3 OADM OADM OUT3 RX3
TX4 RX4

Transport Platform
NOTE
The RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 interfaces on the client side support the optical interface SFP module, electrical
used on the client side at the same time. The interfaces on the client side can access GE optical signals or
GE electrical signals through the replacement of the SFP modules. Figure 9-1 shows that the optical
interface SFP module is used in every interface on the client side.

The main functions and features supported by the LDGF2 are wavelength conversion, service
Table 9-2 Functions and features of the LDGF2
Functions and
Basic function It supports the transparent transmission of two channels of 2 x GE

services. It converts the services into two channels of WDM-side
OTU1 signals at 2.67 Gbit/s.
The optical interfaces on the WDM side provides the dual fed and
Service type GE: Ethernet services, the rate is 1.25 Gbit/s. Supports GE optical
signals or GE electrical signals.
FEC function Uses the FEC encoding specified in ITU-T G.975, which enhances
the equivalent sensitivity of the transmission system and stretch the
span distance effectively.

performance events Monitors SM_BIP8 and PM_BIP8 bytes to help locate faults.
monitoring
Monitors performance parameters and alarm signals, including the
laser working temperature and optical power.
Monitors the RMON performance of GE optical/electrical signals.
Regenerator board LWX2, LQM, LQM2
Auto-negotiation Both the electrical interfaces and optical interfaces support the auto-
function negotiation function.

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by
referring to the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the mapping of GE signals into OTU1 signals. The
mapping process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Transport Platform
Functions and
Protection schemes l Supports client 1+1 protection


side, the OTU board shuts down the laser of the client side or the
WDM side to avoid personal injuries.
SFP module The LDGF2 board supports optical interface SFP module on the
WDM side, and supports optical interface SFP module, electrical
interface SFP module, and single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module
on the client side.
WDM specification Supports both the DWDM and CWDM specifications.

The LDGF2 unit consists of the client-side optical module or the client-side electrical module,
WDM-side optical module, service en/de-capsulation and processing module, clock module,
communication module, and power supply module.
Figure 9-2 is the functional block diagram of the LDGF2 unit.

Transport Platform
Figure 9-2 Functional block diagram of the LDGF2 unit
Clock module
Client side
WDM side
RX1 OUT1
O/E E/O
RX2 En/de- Service OUT2
capsulation processing IN1
TX1
E/O O/E
TX2 IN2
Client-side Service en/de-capsulation WDM-side
optical module and processing module optical module
RX3 OUT3
E/O
RX4 Levle En/de- Service OUT4
TX3 conversion capsulation processing
O/E IN3
TX4 IN4
electrical module and processing module optical module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
SCC
DC power supply
from the chassis
NOTE
interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 interfaces and the electrical interface SFP
module is used in the RX3/TX3 and RX4/TX4 interfaces.
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LDGF2 unit, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side to the WDM side of the LDGF2,
and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives GE optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1 to RX4 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
The client-side electrical module receives GE electrical signals from client equipment
through the RX1 to RX4 interfaces, and performs level conversion.
After conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the two service en/de-
capsulation and processing modules respectively. The modules performs processes such as
multiplexing, clock generating and frame processing. Then, the modules outputs two
channels of OTU1 signals.

Transport Platform
conversion, the module sends out the G.694.1-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s OTU1 optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths or the G.694.2-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s OTU1 optical
signals at CWDM standard wavelengths. The OTU1 optical signals are output through the
OUT1-OUT4 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the G.694.1-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s OTU1 optical
signals at DWDM standard wavelengths or the the G.694.2-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s OTU1
optical signals at CWDM standard wavelengths from the WDM side through the IN1 to
IN4 optical interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the OTU1 signals are sent to the service en/de-capsulation and
processing modules. The modules performs processes such as decapsulation, clock
recovery and demultiplexing. Then, the modules outputs four channels of GE electrical
signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion and the client-side electrical
module performs level conversion of the electrical signals, and then outputs client-side GE
optical signals and client-side GE electrical signals through the TX1 to TX4 interfaces.
Module Function
l Client-side optical module
performs the O/E conversion of the GE optical signals in internal electrical signals.
optical signals, and transmits the GE optical signals to client side devices.
l Client-side electrical module
performs the level conversion of the GE electrical signals in internal electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs level conversion from internal electrical signals to GE
electrical signals, and transmits the GE electrical signals to client side devices.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of OTU1 optical signals at 2.67 Gbit/s.
OTU1 optical signals at 2.67 Gbit/s.
The module consists of the en/de-capsulation module and the service processing module.
It realizes the en/de-capsulationand and service convergence of GE signals .
En/de-capsulation module: Processes the overheads of GE signals, and reports the

Transport Platform
Service processing module: Achieves the multiplexing from GE to OTU1 and the
demultiplexing from OTU1 to GE, and performs processes such as encoding/decoding
and scrambling/descrambling of signals.
l clock module
9.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LDGF2 front panel.

Figure 9-3 shows the front panel of the LDGF2.
Figure 9-3 Front panel of the LDGF2

STAT TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 TX3 RX3 TX4 RX4 OUT1 IN1 OUT2 IN2 OUT3 IN3 OUT4 IN4 IN1
LDGF2
SRV IN2
NOTE
modules can be inserted in the client-side interfaces RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8, Figure 9-3 shows the situation
that the interfaces are inserted with optical interface SFP modules.
Indicators
There are six indicators on the front panel.

l WDM-side OUT1/IN1 receive optical power status indicator (IN1)red, green
l WDM-side OUT3/IN3 receive optical power status indicator (IN2)red, green
Interfaces
There are 16 interfaces on the front panel of the LDGF2 board, Table 9-3 lists the type and

Transport Platform
Table 9-3 Types and functions of the LDGF2 interfaces

Interface
IN1 to IN4 LC Connected to the OADM board to receive WDM signals.
OUT1 to LC Connected to the OADM board to transmit WDM signals.

OUT4
TX1 to TX4 LC (optical Transmits service signals to client-side equipment.

interfaces)
RJ-45
(electrical
interfaces)
RX1 to RX4 LC (optical Receives service signals from client-side equipment.

interfaces)
RJ-45
(electrical
interfaces)
9.6 Valid Slots

The LDGF2 occupies one slot.

l In the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis using the wind cooling mode, the valid slots of the board
are SLOT1, SLOT3, and SLOT4.
l In the OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis, the valid slots of the board are SLOT1 to SLOT6.
Display of Slots
9.7 LDGF2 Interfaces

Table 9-4 lists the sequence number displayed in an NM system of the interface on the LDGF2
board front panel.

Transport Platform
Table 9-4 Display of the LDGF2 interfaces

Interfaces on the Front Panel Interface Displayed on the T2000
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
IN3/OUT3 3
IN4/OUT4 4
TX1/RX1 5
TX2/RX2 6
TX3/RX3 7
TX4/RX4 8
NOTE

The correspondence of the interfaces on the client-side and the interfaces on the WDM side is
as follows.
l The RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 interfaces:
When the board is configured as single transmitting and single receiving, the RX1/TX1
and RX2/TX2 interfaces on the client-side correspond to the IN1/OUT1 or IN2/OUT2
interface on the WDM side.
When the board is configured as the dual fed and selective receiving, the RX1/TX1 and
RX2/TX2 interfaces on the client-side correspond to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2
interfaces on the WDM side.
l The RX3/TX3 and RX4/TX4 interfaces:
When the board is configured as single transmitting and single receiving, the RX3/TX3
and RX4/TX4 interfaces on the client-side correspond to the IN3/OUT3 or IN4/OUT4
interface on the WDM side.
When the board is configured as the dual fed and selective receiving, the RX3/TX3 and
RX4/TX4 interfaces on the client-side correspond to the IN3/OUT3 and IN4/OUT4
interfaces on the WDM side.
9.8 LDGF2 Specifications

Table 9-5 lists the electrical specifications of the LDGF2.

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

rate
Transmission m 100
distance
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth

specification
Table 9-6, Table 9-7 and Table 9-8 list the optical specifications of the LDGF2.
Value


format
Target km 0.5 10 40 80 10
distance

range
Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5 -3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2 -11.5

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

Transport Platform
Value


mask

type

range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -22 -23 -19

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

power

power

launched power

width

suppression ratio

Transport Platform
Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
count

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio

Transport Platform
Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.75 kg (1.65 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 10 LOE
10 LOE
About This Chapter
LOE: 8 port EPON & GE access wavelength conversion board

The available hardware version for the LOE is TNF1.
10.2 Application
The LOE can be used in three different application scenarios: convergence of eight channels of
EPON optical signals, convergence of eight channels of GE optical signals, and hybrid
transmission of EPON and GE services.
The LOE board achieves the distance extension of eight EPON services, the convergence of
eight GE services, the hybrid transmission of EPON and GE services, and the convergence of
EPON and GE services into OTU2 services.
The LOE board consists of the ONU optical module (or OLT optical module/client-side optical
module/client-side electrical module), WDM-side module, service processing module, clock
module, communication module, detection module and power supply module.
10.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LOE front panel.
10.6 Valid Slots
The LOE occupies one slot.
10.7 LOE Optical Interfaces
10.8 LOE Specifications

Transport Platform
10 LOE Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LOE is TNF1.
Version
Table 10-1 describes the version mapping of the LOE board.
Table 10-1 Version description of the LOE
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
10.2 Application
The LOE can be used in three different application scenarios: convergence of eight channels of
EPON optical signals, convergence of eight channels of GE optical signals, and hybrid
transmission of EPON and GE services.
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 ports of the LOE board can house the ONU optical module, the OLT optical
module, and the client-side SFP module. When housing the ONU optical module and the OLT
optical module, the ports are interconnected with the OLT equipment and the ONU equipment
respectively to access EPON services. When housing the client-side SFP modules, the ports are
interconnected with the client-side equipment to access GE services.
Application Scenario 1: Realizes the Convergence of Eight Channels of EPON

Optical Signals
The LOE board can be connected to the ONU equipment and the OLT equipment to access eight
channels of EPON service, which is converged into one OTU2 signal. The OTU2 signal is then
converted into standard WDM wavelength for further transmission.
For the application of the board to access eight channels of EPON services, see Figure 10-1.

Transport Platform
Figure 10-1 Application of the LOE to access eight channels of EPON services
OUT IN
RX1/TX1 OADM OADM
RX1/TX1
EPON LOE EPON
LOE
RX8/TX8 IN OUT RX8/TX8
OADM OADM
OLT side WDM side WDM side ONU side
Application Scenario 2: Realizes the Convergence of Eight Channels of GE Optical

Signals
The LOE board can access eight channels of GE service, which is converged into one OTU2
signal. The OTU2 signal is then converted into standard WDM wavelength for further
transmission.
For the application of the board to access eight channels of GE services, see Figure 10-2.
Figure 10-2 Application of the LOE to access eight channels of GE services

G.694.1/G.694.2
RX1 OUT IN TX1

OADM OADM
RX8 TX8
GE LOE LOE GE
TX1 IN OUT
OADM OADM RX1
TX8
RX8
NOTE
The client side SFP modules include the optical interface SFP module, electrical interface SFP module,
and single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module. The preceding SFP modules can be used on the client side
at the same time. The interfaces RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 on the client side can access GE optical signals or
Application Scenario 3: Hybrid Transmission of EPON and GE Services

The LOE board can access EPON and GE services at the same time. The services are converged
into OTU2 signals, which are then converted into standard WDM wavelengths for transmission.
Figure 10-3 shows the hybrid transmission of EPON and GE services.

Transport Platform
Figure 10-3 Hybrid transmission of EPON and GE services

RX3 TX3
GE OUT GE
IN
RX7 OADM OADM TX7
RX1/TX1 RX1/TX1
EPON RX2/TX2 LOE LOE RX2/TX2 EPON
RX8/TX8 RX8/TX8
IN
OUT
OADM OADM RX3
TX3
GE GE
TX7 RX7
WDM side WDM side
NOTE
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 ports can house the ONU optical module and client-side SFP module, or OLT optical
module and client-side SFP module at the same time.

The LOE board achieves the distance extension of eight EPON services, the convergence of
eight GE services, the hybrid transmission of EPON and GE services, and the convergence of
EPON and GE services into OTU2 services.
Table 10-2 Functions and features of the LOE board

Functions and
Basic Function l Accesses eight EPON services, and realizes service convergence and
transparent transmission. The service rate is 1.25 Gbit/s in both the
uplink and downlink.
l Accesses eight GE services, and realizes service convergence and
transparent transmission.
l Achieves the hybrid transmission of EPON and GE services, and the
convergence of EPON and GE services into OTU2 services.
NOTE
The transmission distance of the EPON service is 35 km.

Transport Platform
Functions and
Protection When the LOE board accesses GE services:

schemes l Supports client 1+1 protection
When the LOE board accesses EPON services:
l Supports client 1+1 protection
NOTE
In the case of the client-side 1+1 protection, if a fiber on the ONU side of the LOE
board is broken, the protection switching cannot be performed.
If the LOE board is configured with the intra-board 1+1 protection, the OLP board
must be used to achieve the protection.
Loopback When the LOE board accesses only GE services:

l Supports WDM side inloop
When the LOE board accesses both GE and EPON services at the same
time, the interfaces for receiving GE services are as follows:
NOTE
When the LOE board accesses only EPON services, loopback is not supported.
Regenerator LSX
board
PRBS test Supports the generation and monitoring of PRBS signals of GE services
on client-side. Detects the status of the transmission line by comparing
the transmitted signals with the loopbacked signals.
Optical module The WDM side of the board supports the 10 Gbit/s XFP pluggable optical
module.
The interfaces RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 supports the ONU optical module,
the OLT optical module and the client-side SFP module.
NOTE
The client-side SFP modules include optical interface SFP module, electrical
interface SFP module, and single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module.

Transport Platform

The LOE board consists of the ONU optical module (or OLT optical module/client-side optical
module/client-side electrical module), WDM-side module, service processing module, clock
module, communication module, detection module and power supply module.
Signal Flow of Realizes the Convergence of Eight Channels of EPON Signals

When the LOE board aggregates eight channels of EPON services, the LOE boards must be used
in pairs with one on the ONU side and the other on the OLT side. In the signal flow of the system,
the uplink and the downlink directions are defined. The direction from the OLT side to the ONU
side is defined as the downlink direction, and the reverse direction is defined as the uplink
direction.
Figure 10-4 and Figure 10-5 show the functional block diagram of the LOE to access eight
channels of EPON signals.
Figure 10-4 Functional block diagram of the LOE (on the ONU side to access eight channels
of EPON services)
Clock module
ONU side
WDM side
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
RX3/TX3
O/E E/O OUT
RX4/TX4
RX5/TX5 Service processing module
RX6/TX6 O/E
E/O IN
RX7/TX7
RX8/TX8 WDM-side
OLT optical
module optical module
communication module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
l In the uplink direction

The OLT optical module receives eight channels of EPON signals through the RX1/TX1
to RX8/TX8 interfaces, and then performs the O/E conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module,
where the signals are processed through a series of operations, such as mapping, clock

Transport Platform
transparent transmission, and frame processing. Then, the service processing module
outputs one channel of OTU2 signals.
The OTU2 signals are sent to the WDM-side module and are then output through the OUT
optical interface after the E/O conversion.
l In the downlink direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 signals through the IN
optical interface, and then performs the O/E conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the signals are sent to the service processing module, where the
signals are demapped. Then, the service processing module outputs eight channels of EPON
signals.
The EPON signals are sent to the OLT optical module and are then output through the RX1/
TX1 to RX8/TX8 interfaces after the E/O conversion.
Figure 10-5 Functional block diagram of the LOE (on the OLT side to access eight channels of
EPON services)
Clock module
OLT side
WDM side
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
RX3/TX3
O/E E/O OUT
RX4/TX4
RX6/TX6 O/E
E/O IN
RX7/TX7
RX8/TX8 WDM-side
ONU optical
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis

The ONU optical module receives eight channels of EPON signals from the OLT equipment
through the RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 interfaces, and then performs the O/E conversion.

Transport Platform
the WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 signal through the IN optical
interface, and then performs the O/E conversion.
signals.
The EPON signals are sent to the ONU optical module and are then output through the
RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 interfaces after the E/O conversion.
Signal Flow of Realizes the Convergence of Eight Channels of GE Signals

Figure 10-6 shows the functional block diagram of the LOE to access eight channels of GE
signals.
Figure 10-6 Functional block diagram of the LOE (access eight channels of GE signals)

Clock module
RX1
O/E
RX4
TX1 E/O OUT
E/O
TX4
Client-side
optical module
Service processing module
RX5
Level O/E IN
RX8
TX5 conversion
Client-side WDM-side
TX8
electrical module optical module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
NOTE
interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 interfaces and the electrical interface SFP module
is used in the RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8 interfaces.

Transport Platform
When the LOE board is used to access eight channels of GE services, in the signal flow of the
board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The transmit direction is defined as
the direction from the client side of the LOE to the WDM side of the LOE, and the receive
direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives GE optical signals through the RX1 to RX8
interfaces, and then performs O/E conversion.
The client-side optical module receives GE electrical signals through the RX1 to RX8
interfaces, and then performs level conversion.
After the conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module, where
the signals are processed through a series of operations, such as mapping, clock transparent
transmission, and frame processing. Then, the service processing module outputs one
channel of OTU2 signals.
l Receive direction
the WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 signals through the IN optical
signals are demapped. Then, the service processing module outputs eight channels of GE
signals.
The GE signals are sent to the client-side optical module and the client-side electrical
module, and then output through the TX1 to TX8 interfaces after the E/O conversion and
level conversion.
Signal Flow of Converged EPON and GE Services

When the LOE is used to converge both the EPON and GE services, two LOE boards are
required. One LOE is used on the ONU side and the other OLE is used on the OLT side. The
direction from the OLT side to the ONU side is defined as the downlink direction, and the reverse
direction is defined as the uplink direction.
Figure 10-7 and Figure 10-8 show the functional block diagram of the LOE to access EPON
signals and GE signals.

Transport Platform
Figure 10-7 Functional block diagram of the LOE (used on the ONU side)
Clock module
ONU side
WDM side
RX1/TX1 O/E
RX2/TX2
RX3/TX3 E/O E/O OUT
OLT optical
RX4/TX4
module
RX5/TX5 O/E O/E IN
RX6/TX6
RX7/TX7 E/O
RX8/TX8 optical module
optical module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis

The OLT optical module receives EPON signals from ONU equipment through the
RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 interfaces, and then performs the O/E conversion.
The client-side optical module receives GE signals through the RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 signals through the IN
optical interface, and then performs the O/E conversion.
signals are demapped. Then, the service processing module outputs eight channels of
electrical signals.
The OLT optical power and client-side optical module perform O/E conversion for the
eight channels of electrical signals. Then, RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 ports output EPON signals
and GE optical signals.

Transport Platform
Figure 10-8 Functional block diagram of the LOE (used on the OLT side)
Clock module
OLT side
WDM side
RX1/TX1 O/E
RX2/TX2
RX3/TX3 E/O E/O OUT
ONU optical
RX4/TX4
module
RX5/TX5
O/E O/E IN
RX6/TX6
RX7/TX7 E/O
RX8/TX8 optical module
optical module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis

The ONU optical module receives EPON signals from the OLT equipment through the
RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 optical interfaces, and then performs the O/E conversion.
The client-side optical module receives GE signals through the RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 signal through the IN optical
signals are demapped. Then, the service processing module outputs eight channels of
electrical signals.
The ONU optical power and client-side optical module perform O/E conversion for the
eight channels of electrical signals. Then, RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 ports output EPON signals
and GE signals.

Transport Platform
NOTE
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 ports can house the ONU optical module, OLT optical module, and client-side SFP
module. In addition, RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 ports can house the ONU optical module and client-side SFP
module, or OLT optical module and client-side SFP module at the same time. The port interconnecting
with the ONU equipment must correspond to the port interconnecting with the OLT equipment one by one.
Figure 10-7 shows that the OLT optical module is used in the RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 interfaces and the
single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module is used in the RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8 interfaces. Figure 10-8 shows
that the ONU optical module is used in the RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 interfaces and the single-fiber bidirectional
GE SFP module is used in the RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8 interfaces.
Module Function
l ONU optical module
OLT-side receiver: Receives EPON optical signals from the OLT devices and performs
the O/E conversion of the optical signals in internal electrical signals.
OLT-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from internal electrical signals to
EPON optical signals, and transmits the optical signals to OLT devices.
Reports the performance of the OLT-side optical interface.
Reports the working state of the OLT-side laser.
l OLT optical module
ONU-side receiver: Receives EPON optical signals from the ONU devices and performs
ONU-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from internal electrical signals to
EPON optical signals, and transmits the optical signals to ONU devices.
Reports the performance of the ONU-side optical interface.
Reports the working state of the ONU-side laser.
performs the O/E conversion of the optical signals in internal electrical signals.
optical signals, and transmits the optical signals to client side devices.
performs level conversion of the signals in internal electrical signals.
electrical signals, and transmits the signals to client side devices.
WDM-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of the OTU2 signals and then extracts
clock signals from the electrical signals.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from internal electrical signals to
OTU2 optical signals.
Reports performance events of the WDM-side optical interface.

Transport Platform
l Service processing module

Performs a series of operations for the signals, such as mapping/demapping, and clock
l Clock module
l Detection module
Detects the voltage of the power supply, clock status, and the working status of the PLL
in real time.
10.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LOE front panel.

When the LOE board is used to access eight channels of EPON signals, the front panel of the
board is shown in Figure 10-9.
Figure 10-9 Front panel of the LOE (used to access eight channels of EPON signals)
OUT IN TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 TX3 RX3 TX4 RX4 TX5 RX5 TX6 RX6 TX7 RX7 TX8 RX8 IN
LOE
STAT
SRV
NOTE
ONU optical modules or OLT optical modules and be inserted in the Interfaces RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8.
When the board is installed on the ONU side for interconnection with the ONU equipment, the OLT
modules can be inserted in the interfaces RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8. When the board is installed on the OLT
side for interconnection with the OLT equipment, the ONU modules can be inserted in the interfaces RX1/
TX1 to RX8/TX8.
When the LOE board is used to access eight channels of GE signals, the front panel of the board
is shown in Figure 10-10.
Figure 10-10 Front panel of the LOE (used to access eight channels of GE signals)
OUT IN TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 TX3 RX3 TX4 RX4 TX5 RX5 TX6 RX6 TX7 RX7 TX8 RX8 IN
LOE
STAT
SRV

Transport Platform
NOTE
modules can be inserted in the client-side interfaces, Figure 10-10 shows the situation that the interfaces
are inserted with optical interface SFP modules.
NOTE
RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 ports can house the ONU optical module and client-side SFP module, or OLT optical
module and client-side SFP module at the same time, to achieve the hybrid transmission of EPON and GE
services.
Indicators
There are three indicators on the front panel.

l WDM-side receive optical power status indicator (IN)red, green
Interfaces
Table 10-3 lists the type and function of each interface.
Table 10-3 Types and functions of the LOE interfaces
Optical Interface
IN LC Connected to the OADM board to receive WDM signals.
OUT LC Connected to the OADM board to transmit WDM signals.
RX1/TX1 to SC Receives/transmits EPON service signals from ONU

RX8/TX8 equipment or OLT equipment.
LC (optical Receives/transmits GE service signals from client-side

interfaces) equipment.
RJ-45
(electrical
interfaces)
10.6 Valid Slots

The LOE occupies one slot.


Transport Platform
Display of Slots
10.7 LOE Optical Interfaces


LOE board front panel.
Table 10-4 Display of the LOE optical interfaces
Optical Interfaces on the

Front Panel Optical Interface Displayed on the T2000
IN/OUT 1
RX1/TX1 3
RX2/TX2 4
RX3/TX3 5
RX4/TX4 6
RX5/TX5 7
RX6/TX6 8
RX7/TX7 9
RX8/TX8 10
10.8 LOE Specifications

Table 10-5 lists the electrical specifications of the LOE.
Item Unit Value

rate

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value
Transmission m 100
distance
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth

specification
Table 10-6, Table 10-7, Table 10-8 and Table 10-9 list the optical specifications of the LOE.

Value


format
Target km 0.5 10 40 80 10
distance

range
Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5 -3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2 -11.5

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

mask

Transport Platform
Value


type

range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -22 -23 -19

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Table 10-7 Specifications of OLT optical module for EPON service at ONU-side
Item Unit Value
Transmission rate Gbit/s 1.25
Interface type - SC/PC
Maximum transmission distance km 20
Central wavelength nm Transmit: 1490

Receive: 1310
Maximum output optical power dBm 7
Minimum output optical power dBm 2
Receiver sensitivity dBm -27
Minimum receiver overload dBm -6
Table 10-8 Specifications of ONU optical module for EPON service at OLT-side
Item Unit Value

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

Receive: 1490
Maximum output optical power dBm -3
Minimum output optical power dBm -9
Receiver sensitivity dBm -19.5
Table 10-9 Specifications of optical module at the DWDM side

Item Unit Value
800 ps/nm 1600 ps/nm
Optical Module Type - NRZ-40 channels NRZ-40 channels fixed

fixed
Maximum mean dBm 2 3

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -3 -3

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 10 8.2

ratio
Central frequency THz 192.10 to 196.00 192.10 to 196.00a
Central frequency GHz 10 10

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 0.3 0.3

spectral width

suppression ratio
Eye pattern - Compliant with Telcordia GR-253/IEEE 802.3ae/

G.959
Receiver type - PIN APD
Operating wavelength nm 1200 to 1650

range

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

(FEC on)
Minimum receiver dBm 0 -9

overload
a: The 1600 ps/nm module of the board temporarily support 195.8 THz and 193.3 THz in
DWDM system.
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.82 kg (1.81 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 11 LOEL
11 LOEL
About This Chapter
LOEL: OLT side 8 port EPON access wavelength conversion board

The available hardware version for the LOEL is TNF1.
11.2 Application
The LOEL board is connected to the OLT-side equipment to access eight channels of EPON
service, which is converged into one OTU2 signal. The OTU2 signal is then converted into
standard WDM wavelength for further transmission.
The LOEL board extends the transmission distance of eight EPON services. Used on the OLT
side.
The LOEL board consists of the ONU optical module, WDM-side module, service processing
module, clock module, communication module, detection module and power supply module.
11.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LOEL front panel.
11.6 Valid Slots
The LOEL occupies one slot.
11.7 LOEL Optical Interfaces
11.8 LOEL Specifications
Specifications include optical specifications, laser safety level, mechanical specifications and
power consumption.

Transport Platform
11 LOEL Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LOEL is TNF1.
Version
Table 11-1 describes the version mapping of the LOEL board.
Table 11-1 Version description of the LOEL

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
11.2 Application
The LOEL board is connected to the OLT-side equipment to access eight channels of EPON
Figure 11-1 Application of the LOEL in WDM system

OUT IN
OADM OADM
RX1/TX1 RX1/TX1
EPON LOEL EPON
LOEU
IN OUT
RX8/TX8 RX8/TX8
OADM OADM
NOTE
The LOEL board must work with the LOEU board. In the signal flow of the system, the uplink and the
downlink directions are defined. The direction from the OLT side to the ONU side is defined as the downlink
direction, and the reverse direction is defined as the uplink direction.

Transport Platform

The LOEL board extends the transmission distance of eight EPON services. Used on the OLT
side.
Table 11-2 Functions and features of the LOEL board

Functions and
Basic Function Accesses eight EPON services. It mainly realizes service convergence and
The service rate is 1.25 Gbit/s in both the uplink and downlink.
NOTE
Protection l Supports client 1+1 protection

schemes l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection
NOTE
In the case of the client-side 1+1 protection, if a fiber on the ONU side of the LOEU
If the LOEL board is configured with the intra-board 1+1 protection, the OLP board
Regenerator LSX
board
Optical module The WDM side of the board supports the XFP pluggable optical module.
The OLT side of the board supports the ONU optical module.

The LOEL board consists of the ONU optical module, WDM-side module, service processing
Figure 11-2 shows the functional block diagram of the LOEL.

Transport Platform
Figure 11-2 Functional block diagram of the LOEL
Clock module
OLT side
WDM side
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
RX3/TX3
O/E E/O OUT
RX4/TX4
RX6/TX6 O/E
E/O IN
RX7/TX7
RX8/TX8 WDM-side
ONU optical
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
Signal Flow
The LOEL board must work with the LOEU board. In the signal flow of the system, the uplink
and the downlink directions are defined. The direction from the OLT side to the ONU side is
defined as the downlink direction, and the reverse direction is defined as the uplink direction.

The ONU optical module receives eight channels of EPON signals from the OLT equipment
through the RX1 to RX8 optical interfaces, and then performs the O/E conversion.
the WDM-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 signal through the IN optical
signals.

Transport Platform
The EPON signals are sent to the ONU optical module and are then output through the TX1
to TX8 optical interfaces after the E/O conversion.
Module Function
OLT-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of eight channels of EPON optical
signals.
OLT-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from eight channels of internal
electrical signals to EPON optical signals.
Reports the performance of the OLT-side optical interface.
l Clock module
l Detection module
in real time.
11.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LOEL front panel.

Figure 11-3 shows the front panel of the LOEL.
Figure 11-3 Front panel of the LOEL

OUT IN TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 TX3 RX3 TX4 RX4 TX5 RX5 TX6 RX6 TX7 RX7 TX8 RX8
LOEL
STAT IN
SRV

Transport Platform
Indicators
Interfaces
There are ten optical interfaces on the front panel of the LOEL board, Table 11-3 lists the type
Table 11-3 Types and functions of the LOEL interfaces

Optical Interface
RX1/TX1 to SC Receives/transmits service signals from/to OLT-side

RX8/TX8 equipment.
11.6 Valid Slots

The LOEL occupies one slot.

Display of Slots
11.7 LOEL Optical Interfaces


LOEL board front panel.

Transport Platform
Table 11-4 Display of the LOEL optical interfaces

IN/OUT 1
RX1/TX1 3
RX2/TX2 4
RX3/TX3 5
RX4/TX4 6
RX5/TX5 7
RX6/TX6 8
RX7/TX7 9
RX8/TX8 10
11.8 LOEL Specifications

power consumption.
Table 11-5 and Table 11-6 list the optical specifications of the LOEL.
Table 11-5 Specifications of ONU optical module for EPON service at OLT-side
Item Unit Value

Receive: 1490
Maximum output optical power dBm -3
Minimum output optical power dBm -9
Receiver sensitivity dBm -19.5

Transport Platform

Item Unit Value

fixed

launched power

launched power

ratio

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959

range

(FEC on)

overload
DWDM system.
Laser Safety Level


Transport Platform
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.82 kg (1.81 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 12 LOEU
12 LOEU
About This Chapter
LOEU: ONU side 8 Port EPON & GE access wavelength conversion board

The available hardware version for the LOEU is TNF1.
12.2 Application
The LOEU can be used in two different application scenarios: convergence of eight channels of
EPON optical signals, and convergence of eight channels of GE optical signals.
The LOEU board can be used on the ONU side, extends the transmission distance of eight EPON
services. In addition, the board can converges eight GE services into one OTU2 signal or
deconverges one OTU2 signal into eight GE signals.
The LOEU board consists of the OLT optical module (or client-side optical module/client-side
electrical module), WDM-side module, service processing module, clock module,
communication module, detection module and power supply module.
12.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LOEU front panel.
12.6 Valid Slots
The LOEU occupies one slot.
12.7 LOEU Interfaces
This section describes the display of interfaces on the board.
12.8 LOEU Specifications

Transport Platform
12 LOEU Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LOEU is TNF1.
Version
Table 12-1 describes the version mapping of the LOEU board.
Table 12-1 Version description of the LOEU
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
12.2 Application
The LOEU can be used in two different application scenarios: convergence of eight channels of
EPON optical signals, and convergence of eight channels of GE optical signals.
Application Scenario 1: Realizes the Convergence of Eight Channels of EPON

Optical Signals
The LOEU board can be connected to the ONU equipment to access eight channels of EPON
For the application of the board to access eight channels of EPON services, see Figure 12-1.
Figure 12-1 Application of the LOEU to access eight channels of EPON services
OUT IN
RX1/TX1 OADM OADM
RX1/TX1
EPON LOEL EPON
LOEU
RX8/TX8 IN OUT RX8/TX8
OADM OADM

Transport Platform
NOTE
When the LOEU board is used to access eight channels of EPON services, it must work with the LOEL
board. In the signal flow of the system, the uplink and the downlink directions are defined. The direction
from the OLT side to the ONU side is defined as the downlink direction, and the reverse direction is defined
as the uplink direction.
Application Scenario 1: Realizes the Convergence of Eight Channels of GE Optical

Signals
The LOEU board can access eight channels of GE service, which is converged into one OTU2
signal. The OTU2 signal is then converted into standard WDM wavelength for further
transmission.
For the application of the board to access eight channels of GE services, see Figure 12-2.
Figure 12-2 Application of the LOEU to access eight channels of GE services

G.694.1/G.694.2
RX1 OUT IN TX1

OADM OADM
RX8 TX8
GE LOEU LOEU GE
TX1 IN OUT
OADM OADM RX1
TX8
RX8
NOTE
The OLT optical modules or client-side SFP modules can be inserted in the interfaces TX1/RX1 to TX8/
RX8. The OLT modules accesses eight channels of EPON optical signals, and the client-side SFP modules
accesses eight channels of GE signals.
Only OLT modules or cient-side SFP modules can be inserted in the interfaces TX1/RX1 to TX8/RX8 at
one time.
The client side SFP modules include the optical interface SFP module, electrical interface SFP module,
and single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module. The preceding SFP modules can be used on the client side
at the same time. The interfaces RX1/TX1-RX8/TX8 on the client side can access GE optical signals or

The LOEU board can be used on the ONU side, extends the transmission distance of eight EPON
services. In addition, the board can converges eight GE services into one OTU2 signal or
deconverges one OTU2 signal into eight GE signals.

Transport Platform
Table 12-2 Functions and features of the LOEU board

Functions and
Basic Function l Accesses eight EPON services, and realizes service convergence and
transparent transmission. The service rate is 1.25 Gbit/s in both the
uplink and downlink.
l Accesses eight GE services, and realizes service convergence and
NOTE
Protection When the LOEU board accesses GE services:

When the LOEU board accesses EPON services:
l Supports client 1+1 protection
NOTE
In the case of the client-side 1+1 protection, if a fiber on the ONU side of the LOEU
If the LOEU board is configured with the intra-board 1+1 protection, the OLP board
Loopback When the LOEU board accesses GE services:

l Supports WDM side inloop
Regenerator LSX
board
PRBS test Supports the generation and monitoring of PRBS signals of GE services
on client-side. Detects the status of the transmission line by comparing
the transmitted signals with the loopbacked signals.
Optical module The WDM side of the board supports the 10 Gbit/s XFP pluggable optical
module.
The interfaces RX1/TX1 to RX8/TX8 supports the OLT optical module
and client-side SFP module.
NOTE
The client-side SFP modules include optical interface SFP module, electrical
interface SFP module, and single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module.

Transport Platform

The LOEU board consists of the OLT optical module (or client-side optical module/client-side
electrical module), WDM-side module, service processing module, clock module,
communication module, detection module and power supply module.
Signal Flow of Realizes the Convergence of Eight Channels of EPON Signals

Figure 12-3 shows the functional block diagram of the LOEU to access eight channels of EPON
signals.
Figure 12-3 Functional block diagram of the LOEU (access eight channels of EPON signals)
Clock module
ONU side
WDM side
RX1/TX1
RX2/TX2
RX3/TX3
O/E E/O OUT
RX4/TX4
RX6/TX6 O/E
E/O IN
RX7/TX7
RX8/TX8 WDM-side
OLT optical
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
When the LOEU board is used to access eight channels of EPON services, it must work with
the LOEL board. In the signal flow of the system, the uplink and the downlink directions are
defined. The direction from the OLT side to the ONU side is defined as the downlink direction,
and the reverse direction is defined as the uplink direction.
the OLT optical module receives eight channels of EPON signals through the RX1/TX1 to
RX8/TX8 interfaces, and then performs the O/E conversion.

Transport Platform
signals.
The EPON signals are sent to the OLT optical module and are then output through the RX1/
TX1 to RX8/TX8 interfaces after the E/O conversion.
Signal Flow of Realizes the Convergence of Eight Channels of GE Signals

Figure 12-4 shows the functional block diagram of the LOEU to access eight channels of GE
signals.
Figure 12-4 Functional block diagram of the LOEU (access eight channels of GE signals)

Clock module
RX1
O/E
RX4
TX1 E/O OUT
E/O
TX4
Client-side
optical module
RX5
Level O/E IN
RX8
TX5 conversion
TX8
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
NOTE
interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 interfaces and the electrical interface SFP module
is used in the RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8 interfaces.

Transport Platform
When the LOEU board is used to access eight channels of GE services, in the signal flow of the
board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The transmit direction is defined as
the direction from the client side of the LOEU to the WDM side of the LOEU, and the receive
direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives GE optical signals through the RX1 to RX8
The client-side electrical module receives GE electrical signals through the RX1 to RX8
interfaces, and then performs level conversion.
After the conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module, where
the signals are processed through a series of operations, such as mapping, clock transparent
transmission, and frame processing. Then, the service processing module outputs one
channel of OTU2 signals.
l Receive direction
signals are demapped. Then, the service processing module outputs eight channels of GE
signals.
The GE signals are sent to the client-side optical module and the client-side electrical
module, and then output eight channels of GE optical signals through the TX1 to TX8
interfaces after the E/O conversion and level conversion.
Module Function
ONU-side receiver: Receives EPON optical signals from the ONU devices and performs
ONU-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from internal electrical signals to
EPON optical signals, and transmits the optical signals to ONU side devices.
performs the O/E conversion of the optical signals in internal electrical signals.
optical signals, and transmits the optical signals to client side devices.
performs level conversion of the signals in internal electrical signals.
electrical signals, and transmits the signals to client side devices.

Transport Platform

l Clock module
l Detection module
in real time.
12.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LOEU front panel.

When the LOEU board is used to access eight channels of EPON signals, the front panel of the
Figure 12-5 Front panel of the LOEU (used to access eight channels of EPON signals)
LOEU
IN
STAT
SRV
When the LOEU board is used to access eight channels of GE signals, the front panel of the
Figure 12-6 Front panel of the LOEU (used to access eight channels of GE signals)
LOEU
STAT IN
SRV

Transport Platform
NOTE
Indicators

Interfaces
When the LOEU board is used to access eight channels of EPON services, Table 12-3 lists the
type and function of each interface.
Table 12-3 Types and functions of the LOEU interfaces (used to access eight channels of EPON
services)
Optical Interface
RX1/TX1 to SC Receives/transmits EPON service signals from ONU-

RX8/TX8 side equipment.
When the LOEU board is used to access eight channels of GE services, Table 12-4 lists the type
Table 12-4 Types and functions of the LOEU interfaces (used to access eight channels of GE
services)
Optical Interface
RX1 to RX8 LC (optical Receives GE service signals from client-side equipment.

interfaces)
RJ-45
(electrical
interfaces)

Transport Platform
Optical Interface
TX1 to TX8 LC (optical Transmits GE service signals to client-side equipment.

interfaces)
RJ-45
(electrical
interfaces)
12.6 Valid Slots

The LOEU occupies one slot.

Display of Slots
12.7 LOEU Interfaces

This section describes the display of interfaces on the board.

Table 12-5 lists the sequence number displayed on an NM system of the interface on the LOEU
board front panel.
Table 12-5 Display of the LOEU interfaces
IN1/OUT1 1
RX1/TX1 3
RX2/TX2 4
RX3/TX3 5
RX4/TX4 6
RX5/TX5 7
RX6/TX6 8

Transport Platform
RX7/TX7 9
RX8/TX8 10
12.8 LOEU Specifications

Table 12-6 lists the electrical specifications of the LOEU.
Item Unit Value

rate
Transmission m 100
distance
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth

specification
Table 12-7, Table 12-8 and Table 12-9 list the optical specifications of the LOEU.
Value


format
Target km 0.5 10 40 80 10
distance

Transport Platform
Value


range
Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5 -3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2 -11.5

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

mask

type

range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -22 -23 -19

sensitivity
receiver
overload
Table 12-8 Specifications of OLT optical module for EPON service at ONU-side
Item Unit Value

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

Receive: 1310
Maximum output optical power dBm 7
Minimum output optical power dBm 2

Item Unit Value

fixed

launched power

launched power

ratio

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959

range

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

(FEC on)

overload
DWDM system.
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.82 kg (1.81 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 13 LQG
13 LQG
About This Chapter
LQG: 4 x GE Wavelength Conversion Board

The available hardware version for the LQG is TNF1.
13.2 Application
The LQG is mainly used to multiplex up to four channels of GE service signals into a channel
of OTU 5G or FEC 5G signal compliant with ITU-T G.694.2 standard.
The main functions and features supported by the LQG are wavelength conversion, service
convergence, GE ADM and ALS.
The LQG board consists of five parts: the client-side optical module or client-side electrical
module, the WDM-side optical module, the cross-connect and service processing module, the
clock module, the communication module, and the power supply module.
13.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LQG front panel.
13.6 Valid Slots
The LQG occupies one slot.
13.7 LQG Interfaces
This section introduces the display and configuration rules of interfaces on the board, and
provides the port diagram for this board on the NM.
13.8 LQG Specifications

Transport Platform
13 LQG Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LQG is TNF1.
Version
Table 13-1 describes the version mapping of the LQG board.
Table 13-1 Version description of the LQG
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
13.2 Application
The LQG is mainly used to multiplex up to four channels of GE service signals into a channel
of OTU 5G or FEC 5G signal compliant with ITU-T G.694.2 standard.
Figure 13-1 Application of the LQG in WDM systems
GE 1 OADM OADM 1 GE
LQG LQG
GE 4 OADM OADM 4 GE

Transport Platform
NOTE

The main functions and features supported by the LQG are wavelength conversion, service
convergence, GE ADM and ALS.
Table 13-2 The functions and features of the LQG

Functions
and Features Description
Basic function Converges four GE service signals into a channel of OTU 5G or FEC 5G
signal. a
In the transmit direction, it converts, capsulates, and multiplexes the four
channels of IEEE 802.3z-compliant GE signals into the WDM-side signals
at 5 Gbit/s. In the receive direction, it performs the reverse process. It
converts the WDM-side signals into four channels of IEEE 802.3z-
compliant GE signals and sends the four channels of signals to the Gigabit
router or other GE equipment.
Service type GE: Ethernet services, the rate is 1.25 Gbit/s. Supports GE optical signals
and GE electrical signals.
FEC function Uses the FEC encoding specified in ITU-T G.975, which enhances the
equivalent sensitivity of the transmission system and stretch the span

performance Monitors performance parameters and alarm signals, including the
events monitoring of: laser bias current, laser working temperature and optical
monitoring power.
Regenerator -
board
Auto- Both the electrical interfaces and optical interfaces support the auto-
negotiation negotiation function.
function

Transport Platform
Functions
and Features Description
OTN function Provides the OTU5G interface on WDM-side.

Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring to
the ITU-T G.709.
Supports the mapping of GE signals into OTU5G signals. The mapping
process is compliant with ITU-T G.709.
Supports SM and PM functions for OTU5G and ODU5G.

schemes l Supports inter-subrack 1+1 optical channel protection
l Supports SW SNCP protection

ALS function When there is no optical power received at the WDM side or the client side,
the OTU board shuts down the laser of the client side or the WDM side to
avoid personal injuries.
GE ADM Achieves the ADM function of GE services, and supports cross-connect

function between couple slots.
SFP module The LQG board supports optical interface SFP module on the WDM side,
and supports optical interface SFP module, electrical interface SFP module,
and single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module on the client side.
WDM Supports the CWDM specification.

specification
a: Converges four GE service signals into a channel of FEC 5G signal by default.

The LQG board consists of five parts: the client-side optical module or client-side electrical
module, the WDM-side optical module, the cross-connect and service processing module, the
clock module, the communication module, and the power supply module.
Figure 13-2 is the functional block diagram of the LQG board.

Transport Platform
Figure 13-2 The functional block diagram of the LQG board
Clock module
Client side
WDM side
RX1
O/E GE
RX2 Service OUT1
TX1 en/de-capsulation processing E/O OUT2
TX2
E/O
Client-side
optical module
RX3 IN1
RX4 Level O/E
TX3 Cross-connect
conversion IN2
TX4
Client-side Cross-connect and WDM-side
electrical module service processing module optical module
Memory Communication
Required voltage
Power supply
module 4
Fuse
Backplane
SCC
DC power supply
from the chassis
NOTE
interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 interfaces and the electrical interface SFP
module is used in the RX3/TX3 and RX4/TX4 interfaces.
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LQG board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQG board to the WDM
side of the LQG board, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives GE optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX4 interfaces, and performs the O/E conversion.
The client-side electrical module receives GE electrical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX4 interfaces, and performs level conversion.
After the conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the cross-connect
and service processing module. The module performs operations such as cross-connection,
multiplexing, clock generating and frame processing. Then, the module outputs a channel
of 5.33 Gbit/s signals.

Transport Platform
The 5.33 Gbit/s signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing the E/
O conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.2-compliant 5.33 Gbit/s optical
signals at CWDM standard wavelengths. The optical signals are output through the OUT1
and OUT2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the G.694.2-compliant optical signals at CWDM
standard wavelengths from the WDM line side through the IN optical interfaces. Then, the
module performs the O/E conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the signals are sent to the cross-connect and service processing
module. The module performs operations such as decapsulation, clock recovery,
demultiplexing and cross-connection. Then, the module outputs four channels of GE
signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the optical signals, and the
client-side electrical module performs level conversion of the electrical signals, and then
outputs four channels of client-side signals through the TX1-TX4 interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of four channels of GE optical
signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from four channels of internal
electrical signals to GE optical signals.
Client-side receiver: Performs the level conversion of four channels of GE electrical
signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the level conversion from four channels of internal
electrical signals to GE electrical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of optical signals at 5.33 Gbit/s.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion of the internal electrical signals
and the optical signals at 5.33 Gbit/s.
l Cross-connect and service processing module
Consists of the GE en/de-capsulation module, the service processing module, and the cross-
connect module. The cross-connect and service processing module performs operations
such as the en/de-capsulation of GE signals, service cross-connection, and service
convergence.
GE service en/de-capsulation module: Processes the overheads of GE service signals,
and reports the performance monitoring state of service signals.

Transport Platform
Service processing module: Multiplexes GE signals into 5.33 Gbit/s electrical signals
and demultiplexes 5.33 Gbit/s electrical signals into GE signals. It performs operations
such as en/de-capsulation of OTN, en/de-coding, and scrambling/descrambling.
Cross-connect module: Cross-connects the client-side accessed signals with each other
and passes them through, or cross-connects the client-side accessed signals with the
service signals from the backplane. The granularity of service cross-connection is GE.
There are 4 channels of signals between the cross-connect module and the backplane.
It supports the service grooming between paired slots.
l clock module
13.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LQG front panel.

Figure 13-3 shows the front panel of the LQG.
Figure 13-3 Front panel of the LQG

STAT TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 TX3 RX3 TX4 RX4 OUT1 IN1 OUT2 IN2 IN1
LQG
SRV IN2
NOTE
Indicators


Transport Platform
Interfaces
There are 12 interfaces on the front panel of the LQG board, Table 13-3 lists the type and function
of each interface.
Table 13-3 Types and functions of the LQG interfaces
Interface Interface Type Function
IN1/IN2 LC Connected to the OADM board to receive

WDM signals.
OUT1/OUT2 LC Connected to the OADM board to transmit

WDM signals.
TX1 to TX4 LC (optical interfaces) Transmits service signals to client-side

RJ-45 (electrical equipment.
interfaces)
RX1 to RX4 LC (optical interfaces) Receives service signals from client-side

interfaces)
13.6 Valid Slots

The LQG occupies one slot.

The available slots of LQG are as follows:
Display of Slots
13.7 LQG Interfaces

This section introduces the display and configuration rules of interfaces on the board, and
provides the port diagram for this board on the NM.
Table 13-4 lists the sequence number displayed in an NM system of the interfaces on the LQG
board front panel.

Transport Platform
Table 13-4 LQG interfaces displayed on the T2000
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE

NA
Description of NM Ports
Table 13-5 describes the meanings of the cross-connect ports on the LQG board.
Table 13-5 Cross-connect ports of the LQG
Port Name Meaning
RX1/TX1 to RX4/TX4 Respectively corresponding to the client-side interfaces.
IN1/OUT1 to IN2/OUT2 Respectively corresponding to the WDM-side optical

interface.
l During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the T2000, create the GE
crossconnection. The cross-connect grooming of GE services is realized through the cross-
connect module. The following four cross-connections can be realized:
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX and IN/OUT ports of the board
(create the internal straight-through and cross-connection of the board, as shown (1)
and (2) in Figure 13-4.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the board and the IN/OUT port
of other board (The GE services accessed from the client side of the board are cross-
connected to the WDM side of other board), as shown (3) in Figure 13-4.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of other board and the IN/OUT
port of the board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other board are cross-
connected to the WDM side of the board), as shown (4) in Figure 13-4.

Transport Platform
Create the cross-connection between the IN/OUT port of the board and the IN/OUT
port of other board (The GE services accessed from the WDM side of the board are
cross-connected to the WDM side of other board), as shown (5) in Figure 13-4.
Figure 13-4 Cross-connection diagram of the LQG

Cross-connect Other board
3(TX1/RX1)-1 1(IN/OUT)-1
1
4(TX2/RX2)-1 1(IN/OUT)-2
2
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1(IN/OUT)-3
6(TX4/RX4)-1 1(IN/OUT)-4

3(TX1/RX1)-1
5
4(TX2/RX2)-1 1(IN/OUT)-1
4
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1(IN/OUT)-2
3
6(TX4/RX4)-1
Cross-connect The board
1
The straight-through of the board
2
The internal cross-connection of the board
The client side of the board are cross-connected 3
to the WDM side of other boards
4
The client side of other boards are cross-connected
to the WDM side of the board
The WDM side of the board are cross-connected to 5

the WDM side of other boards
13.8 LQG Specifications

Table 13-6 lists the electrical specifications of the LQG.

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

rate
Transmission m 100
distance
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth

specification
Table 13-7 and Table 13-8 list the optical specifications of the LQG.
Value


format
Target km 0.5 10 40 80 10
distance

range
Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5 -3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2 -11.5

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

Transport Platform
Value


mask

type

range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -22 -23 -19

sensitivity
receiver
overload

Value
Item Unit 1000 ps/nm 1400 ps/nm
count
Maximum mean dBm 6.5 5

launched power
Minimum mean dBm 0 3

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 4 5
ratio

deviation
Maximum -20 dB nm 1 1
spectral width

Transport Platform
Value
Item Unit 1000 ps/nm 1400 ps/nm

suppression ratio
Operating wavelength nm 1450 to 1620 1450 to 1620

range

overload
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.57 kg (1.26 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 14 LQM
14 LQM
About This Chapter
LQM: 4 x Multi-rate Ports Wavelength Conversion Board

The available hardware version for the LQM is TNF1.
14.2 Application
The LQM can be used in two different application scenarios: convergence of four channels of
signals at any rate and regeneration of one channel of OTU1 optical signals.
The main functions and features supported by the LQM are wavelength conversion, service
convergence, ALS, and the regeneration of the OTU1 optical signals.
The LQM board consists of five parts: the client-side optical module or client-side electrical
module, the WDM-side optical module, the service en/de-capsulation and processing module,
the clock module, the communication module, and the power supply module.
14.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LQM front panel.
14.6 Valid Slots
The LQM occupies one slot.
14.7 LQM Interfaces
14.8 LQM Specifications

Transport Platform
14 LQM Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LQM is TNF1.
Version
Table 14-1 describes the version mapping of the LQM board.
Table 14-1 Version description of the LQM

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
14.2 Application
The LQM can be used in two different application scenarios: convergence of four channels of
signals at any rate and regeneration of one channel of OTU1 optical signals.
Application Scenario 1: Realizes the Convergence of Four Channels of Signals at

any Rate
The LQM board mainly used to converge a maximum of four channels of Any signals at a rate
of 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s (the RX1/TX1 interface supports the signals at a rate of 125 Mbit/
s to 2.5 Gbit/s) to a channel of OTU1 signals and convert the converged OTU1 signals into
signals borne on a standard DWDM wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 or signals borne
on a standard CWDM wavelength compliant with ITU-T G. 694.2.
For the application of the LQM board accessing four channels of signals at any rate in WDM
systems, see Figure 14-1.

Transport Platform
Figure 14-1 Application of the LQM accessing four channels of signals at any rate
RX1 OUT1 IN1 TX1

OADM OADM
RX4 TX4
Any service Any service
LQM G.694.1/ G.694.1/ LQM
signals G.694.2 G.694.2 signals
TX1 RX1
OADM OADM
TX4 IN1 OUT1 RX4
NOTE
used on the client side at the same time. The interfaces on the client side can access Any optical signals,
GE/FE electrical signals, or GE optical signals through the replacement of the SFP modules. Figure
14-1 shows that the optical interface SFP module is used in every interface on the client side.
Application Scenario 2: Realizes the Regeneration of One Channel of OTU1 Optical

Signal
For the application of the LQM as an regeneration board in WDM systems, see Figure 14-2.
Figure 14-2 Application of the LQM as an regeneration board

G.694.1/G.694.2
RX1 OUT1
OTU1 LQM OTU1
OADM OADM
signals signals
TX1 IN1
WDM Side WDM Side
CAUTION
When the LQM board is used as an regeneration board, only OTU1 service can be accessed at
the RX1/TX1 interface, otherwise, the ESC communication on the client side will be interrupted.

The main functions and features supported by the LQM are wavelength conversion, service

Transport Platform
Table 14-2 Functions and features of the LQM
Function and
Feature Description
Basic Function l Converges a maximum of four channels of Any signals at the rate of
125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s (the RX1/TX1 interface supports the signals
at a rate of 125 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) to a channel of OTU1 signals.
l Supports the bi-direction regeneration of OTU1 optical signals on the
client side.
l The optical interfaces on the WDM side provide the dual fed and
Service type l OTU1: OTN services, the rate is 2.67 Gbit/s. (Only TX1/RX1 supports)
a
l OC-3/STM-1: : SONET/SDH services, the rate is 155.52 Mbit/s.

l OC-12/STM-4: SONET/SDH services, the rate is 622.08 Mbit/s.
l OC-48/STM-16: SONET/SDH services, the rate is 2.488 Gbit/s. (Only
TX1/RX1 supports)
l FE (Fast Ethernet): Fast Ethernet services, the rate is 125 Mbit/s.
Supports FE optical signals and FE electrical signals.b
l GE: Gigabit Ethernet services, the rate is 1.25 Gbit/s. Supports GE
optical signals and GE electrical signals.b
l ESCON: Enterprise system connection services, the rate is 200 Mbit/
s.
l FC100 (Fiber Channel): Fiber channel services, the rate is 1.06 Gbit/s.
l FC200: Fiber channel services, the rate is 2.12 Gbit/s. (Only TX1/RX1
supports)
l FICON (Fiber Connection): Fiber channel services, the rate is 1.06
Gbit/s.
l FICON EXPRESS: Fiber channel services, the rate is 2.12 Gbit/s.
(Only TX1/RX1 supports)
l DVB-ASI (Digital Video Broadcasting -Asynchronous Serial
Interface): Digital TV services, the rate is 270 Mbit/s.
l HDTV: High-definition digital TV services, the rate is 1.485 Gbit/s or
1.4835 Gbit/s. (Only TX1/RX1 supports)
NOTE
FC100, FC200, FICON, FICON EXPRESS and HDTV services can be configured
as cut service.
Encoding Supports the non return to zero (NRZ) encoding.

scheme
Alarms and Monitors B1, SM_BIP8 and PM_BIP8 bytes to help locate faults.
events monitoring of laser bias current, laser cooling current, laser working
monitoring temperature and optical power.
Monitors the RMON performance of GE optical/electrical signals and FE
optical signals.

Transport Platform
Function and
Feature Description

l Supports the OTN frame format and overhead processing by referring
to the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the mapping of GE signals into OTU1 signals. The mapping
NOTE
When the LQM board is used as an regeneration board, it does not support the PM
overhead configuration.
Regenerator LWX2, LQM, LQM2

board
Protection l Supports intra-board 1+1 protection


side, the OTU board shuts down the laser of the client side or the WDM
side to avoid personal injuries.
PRBS test Supports the generation and monitoring of PRBS signals of OC-3/STM-1/
OC-12/STM-4/OC-48/STM-16/OTU1 services on the client-side.
Detects the status of the transmission line by comparing the transmitted
signals with the loopbacked signals.
SFP module The LQM board supports optical interface SFP module on the WDM side,
and supports optical interface SFP module, SFP electrical module, and
single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP module on the client side.
WDM Supports both the DWDM and CWDM specifications.

specifications
a: The default service at the TX1/RX1 interface of LQM board is OTU1.

b: When an electrical interface SFP module is inserted in the client-side interface TX1/RX1,
TX2/RX2, TX3/RX3, or TX4/RX4, FE or GE electrical services can be accessed.

Transport Platform
NOTE
If the LQM board is deleted on the T2000, the configuration information will disappear and the board will
recover to default configuration after it is configured again on the T2000.

The LQM board consists of five parts: the client-side optical module or client-side electrical
Signal Flow in the Case of Convergence of Four Channels of Signals at Any Rate
Figure 14-3 is the functional block diagram of the LQM that realize the convergence of four
channels of signals at any rate.
Figure 14-3 Functional block diagram of the LQM (accessing four channels of signals at any
rate)
Clock module
Client side
WDM side
RX1 O/E
RX2
OUT1
TX1
E/O E/O OUT2
TX2
Client-side En/de-
optical module Service
capsulation
processing
RX3
IN1
RX4 level O/E
TX3 conversion IN2
TX4
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis

Transport Platform
NOTE
14-3 shows that the optical interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1 and RX2/TX2 interfaces and the
electrical interface SFP module is used in the RX3/TX3 and RX4/TX4 interfaces.
In the signal flow of the LQM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQM to the WDM side
of the LQM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives optical signals from client equipment through
the RX1-RX4 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
The client-side electrical module receives electrical signals from client equipment
through the RX1-RX4 interfaces, and performs level conversion.
After conversion, the four channels of electrical signals are sent to the service en/de-
capsulation and processing module. The module performs processes such as multiplexing,
clock generating and frame processing. Then, the module outputs a channel of OTU1
signals.
conversion, the module sends out the G.694.1-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s optical signals at
DWDM standard wavelengths or the G.694.2-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s optical signals at
CWDM standard wavelengths. The optical signals are output through the OUT1 and OUT2
optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the G.694.1-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s optical signals
at DWDM standard wavelengths or the G.694.2-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s optical signals at
CWDM standard wavelengths from the WDM side through the IN1 and IN2 optical
interfaces. Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the signals are sent to the service en/de-capsulation and processing
module. The module performs processes such as decapsulation, clock recovery and
demultiplexing. Then, the module outputs four channels of electrical signals at any rate.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the optical signals, and the
client-side electrical module performs level conversion of the electrical signals, and then
outputs four channels of client-side signals through the TX1-TX4 interfaces.
Signal Flow in the Case of Regeneration of One Channel of OTU1 Optical Signal
Figure 14-4 is the functional block diagram of the LQM that realize the regeneration of one
channel of OTU1 optical signal.

Transport Platform
Figure 14-4 Functional block diagram of the LQM (accessing one channel of OTU1 optical
signal)
Clock module
RX1 O/E E/O OUT1

Service en/ Service
decapsulation processing
module module
TX1 E/O O/E IN1
Client-side Service en/decapsulation and processing WDM-side

optical module module optical module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
NOTE
When the LQM board realizes the regeneration of one channel of OTU1 optical signal, only the RX1/TX1
of the client side interfaces are available, and the optical interface SFP module must be inserted.
In the signal flow of the LQM board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQM to the WDM side
of the LQM, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives one channel of OTU1 optical signal from client
equipment through the RX1 interface, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signal is sent to the service en/de-capsulation and
processing module. The module performs processes such as overhead processing,
reshaping, regenerating and retiming. Then, the module outputs a channel of OTU1 signals.
CWDM standard wavelengths. The optical signals are output through the OUT1 optical
interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the G.694.1-compliant OTU1 optical signal at
DWDM standard wavelengths or the G.694.2-compliant OTU1 optical signal at CWDM

Transport Platform
standard wavelengths from the WDM side through the IN1 optical interface. Then, the
module performs O/E conversion.
module. The module performs processes such as overhead processing, reshaping,
regenerating and retiming. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU1 electrical
signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the signal, and then outputs one
channel of OUT1 optical signal through the TX1 interface.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Receives optical signals in any format from the client side devices
and performs the O/E conversion of the optical signals in internal electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from internal electrical signals to
optical signals in any format, and transmits the optical signals to client side devices.
Client-side receiver: Receives GE or FE electrical signals from client side devices, and
performs the level conversion of the GE or FE electrical signals to internal electrical
signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the level conversion of internal electrical signals to
GE or FE electrical signals, and transmits the GE or FE electrical signals to client side
devices.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of optical signals at 2.67 Gbit/s.
optical signals at 2.67 Gbit/s.
The module consists of the service en/de-capsulation module and the service processing
module. It realizes the en/de-capsulation of signals in any format and service convergence.
Service en/de-capsulation module: Processes the overheads of signals in any format,
Service processing module: Achieves the multiplexing from signals in any format to
signals in OTU1 format and the demultiplexing from signals in OTU1 format to signals
in any format, and performs processes such as encapsulation/decapsulation of FEC,
encoding/decoding and scrambling/descrambling.
l clock module

Transport Platform
14.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LQM front panel.

Figure 14-5 shows the front panel of the LQM.
Figure 14-5 Front panel of the LQM

STAT TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 TX3 RX3 TX4 RX4 OUT1 IN1 OUT2 IN2 IN1
LQM
SRV IN2
NOTE
Optical interface SFP modules, electrical interface SFP modules, or single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP
modules can be inserted in the client-side interfaces. Figure 14-5 shows the situation that optical interface
SFP modules are used.
Indicators
Interfaces
When the LQM board realizes the convergence of four channels of signals at any rate, Table
14-3 lists the type and function of each interface.

Transport Platform
Table 14-3 Types and functions of the LQM interfaces (realizes the convergence of four
channels of signals at any rate)

interfaces)

interfaces)
IN1 to IN2 LC Receives service signals from OADM

boards.
OUT1 to OUT2 LC Transmit service signals to OADM boards.
When the LQM board realizes the regeneration of one channel of OTU1 optical signal, Table
Table 14-4 Types and functions of the LQM interfaces (realizes the regeneration of one channel
of OTU1 optical signal)
TX1 LC Transmits OTU1 signals to client-side

equipment.
RX1 LC Receives OTU1 signals from client-side

equipment.
IN1 LC Receives OTU1 signals from OADM

boards.
OUT1 LC Transmit OTU1 signals to OADM boards.
14.6 Valid Slots

The LQM occupies one slot.

The available slots of LQM are as follows:

Transport Platform
Display of Slots
14.7 LQM Interfaces

Table 14-5 lists the sequence number displayed in an NM system of the interfaces on the LQM
board front panel.
Table 14-5 LQM interfaces displayed on the T2000
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
NOTE

When the LQM board realizes the convergence of four channels of signals at any rate, the
configuration rules of the interfaces are given as followed.
l When the bandwidth of the service is no more than 1.25 Gbit/s, TX1/RX1 to TX4/RX4
interfaces are all available.
l When the bandwidth of the service is more than 1.25 Gbit/s but no more than 2.67 Gbit/s,
TX1/RX1 interfaces are available.
l The overall bandwidth of the entire service for TX1/RX1 to TX4/RX4 should not be more
than 2.5 Gbit/s.
When the LQM board realizes the regeneration of one channel of OTU1 signals, the
configuration rules of the interfaces are given as followed.
l TX1/RX1 interfaces are available. RX1 interface receives regeneration wavelength in the
west, and OUT1 transmits regeneration wavelength in the west. IN1 interface receives

Transport Platform
regeneration wavelength in the east, and RX1 transmits regeneration wavelength in the
east.
14.8 LQM Specifications

Table 14-6 and Table 14-7 list the electrical specifications of the LQM.

Item Unit Value
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth


Item Unit Value

rate
Transmission m 100
distance
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth

specification
NOTE
The GE electrical interfaces support 100/1000 Mbit/s self-adapting and 1000 Mbit/s.

Transport Platform
Table 14-8 to Table 14-15 list the optical specifications of the LQM.
Value


format
Target km 0.5 10 40 80 10
distance

range
Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5 -3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2 -11.5

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

mask

type

range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -22 -23 -19

sensitivity
receiver
overload

Transport Platform
Table 14-9 Specifications of optical module for STM-16/OC-48 service at client side
Value
Item Unit I-16 S-16.1 L-16.2
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ
Optical source type - MLM SLM SLM
Target distance km 2 15 80
Operating nm 1266 to 1260 to 1360 1500 to 1580

wavelength range 1360
Maximum mean dBm -3 0 3

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -10 -5 -2

launched power
Minimum dB 8.2 8.2 8.2

extinction ratio
Maximum -20 dB nm NA 1 1
spectral width
Minimum side dB NA 30 30
mode suppression
ratio
Dispersion ps/nm NA NA NA
tolerance
Eye pattern mask - G.957-compliant
Receiver type - PIN PIN APD

Receiver dBm -18 -18 -28

sensitivity
Minimum receiver dBm -3 0 -9

overload
Maximum dB -27 -27 -27

reflectance

Transport Platform
Value
Item Unit S-4.1 L-4.1 L-4.2
Operating wavelength nm 1274 to 1356 1280 to 1335 1480 to 1580

range

launched power

launched power
Minimum extinction dB 8.2 10.5 10.5

ratio
spectral width
Spectral Width-RMS nm NA NA NA
Minimum side mode dB NA 30 30

suppression ratio
Receiver type - PIN PIN PIN

range
Receiver sensitivity dBm -28 -28 -28
Minimum receiver dBm -8 -8 -8

overload
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -14 -27
Table 14-11 Specifications of optical module for STM-1/OC-3/FE service at client side
Value
Item Unit S-1.1 L-1.1 L-1.2 I-1
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ

Transport Platform
Value
Item Unit S-1.1 L-1.1 L-1.2 I-1
Optical source type - MLM MLM SLM MLM
Target distance km 15 40 80 2
Operating nm 1261 to 1263 to 1360 1480 to 1580 1270 to 1380

Maximum mean dBm -8 0 0 -14

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -15 -5 -5 -19

launched power
Minimum dB 8.2 10.5 10.5 10

extinction ratio
Maximum -20 dB nm NA NA 1 NA
spectral width
Spectral Width- nm NA NA NA 63
RMS
Minimum side dB NA NA 30 NA
mode suppression
ratio
Receiver type - APD APD PIN PIN

Receiver dBm -28 -34 -34 -30

sensitivity
Minimum receiver dBm -8 -10 -10 -14

overload
Maximum dB NA NA NA NA
reflectance

Transport Platform
Table 14-12 Specifications of optical module for FC service at client side

Value
Item Unit FC 100/FC 200
Target distance km 2 0.5
Maximum mean launched dBm -3 -2.5

power
Minimum mean launched dBm -10 -9.5

power
Maximum -20 dB spectral nm NA NA

width
Minimum side mode dB NA NA

suppression ratio
Eye pattern mask - -
Receiver type - PIN PIN
Minimum receiver overload dBm -3 0
Maximum reflectance dB NA NA
Table 14-13 Specifications of optical module for ESCON and other services at client side
Item Unit Value
Target distance km 2 15
Operating wavelength range nm 1266 to 1360
Maximum mean launched dBm -14 -8

power

power

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

width

suppression ratio
Note - The ESCON, DVB-ASI and FE services can

be accessed to this optical module.

Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

power

power

launched power

width

suppression ratio

Transport Platform
Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
count

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio

Transport Platform
Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.60 kg (1.32 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 15 LQM2
15 LQM2
About This Chapter
LQM2: Double 4 x Multi-rate Ports Wavelength Conversion Board

The available hardware version for the LQM2 is TNF1.
15.2 Application
The LQM2 can be used in four different application scenarios: transmission of dual four signals
at any rate, transmission of eight signals at any rate, regeneration of two OTU1 optical signals
and regeneration of one OTU1 optical signals.
The main functions and features supported by the LQM2 are wavelength conversion, service
The LQM2 board consists of five parts: the client-side optical module or the client-side electrical
15.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LQM2 front panel.
15.6 Valid Slots
The LQM2 occupies one slot.
15.7 LQM2 Interfaces
This section describes the display and configuration rules of interfaces on the board.
15.8 LQM2 Specifications

Transport Platform
15 LQM2 Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LQM2 is TNF1.
Version
Table 15-1 describes the version mapping of the LQM2 board.
Table 15-1 Version description of the LQM2

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
15.2 Application
The LQM2 can be used in four different application scenarios: transmission of dual four signals
at any rate, transmission of eight signals at any rate, regeneration of two OTU1 optical signals
and regeneration of one OTU1 optical signals.
Application Scenario 1: Realizes the Convergence of Dual Four Signals at Any Rate
When the LQM2 board adopts 2LQM mode, it can be used for dual four channels of any rate
services, it is equivalent to two single fed and single receiving LQM boards. It performs
transmission of dual four channels of services at any rate into two OTU1 services of 2.67 Gbit/
s for the WDM side. At the same time, the board completes the reverse process.
The application where the LQM2 board accesses dual four channels of services at any rate is
shown in Figure 15-1.

Transport Platform
Figure 15-1 Application of the LQM2 board accesses dual four channels of services at any rate
RX1 OUT1 IN1 TX1

OADM OADM
RX4 TX4
TX1 IN1 OUT1 RX1
TX4 OADM OADM
RX4
Any service LQM2 Any service
LQM2
signals RX5 OUT2 IN2 TX5 signals
OADM OADM TX8
RX8
TX5 IN2 OUT2 RX5
TX8 OADM OADM
RX8
G.694.1/G.694.2
NOTE
Application Scenario 2: Realizes the Convergence of Eight Signals at Any Rate

When the LQM2 board adopts AP8 mode, it can be used for eight channels of any rate services,
it performs convergence of eight channels of services at any rate into a channel of OTU1 services
of 2.67 Gbit/s for the WDM side. At the same time, the board completes the reverse process.
The optical interfaces on the WDM side provides the dual fed and selective receiving function.
The application where the LQM2 board accesses eight channels of services at any rate is shown
in Figure 15-2.
Figure 15-2 Application of the LQM2 board accesses eight channels of services at any rate
RX1 OUT1 IN1 TX1
OADM OADM
RX8 TX8
Any service G.694.1/G.694.2 Any service
LQM2 LQM2
signals signals
TX1 IN1 OUT1 RX1
OADM OADM
TX8 RX8
NOTE

Transport Platform
Application Scenario 3: Realizes the Regeneration of Two Channels of OTU1

Optical Signals
When the LQM2 board adopts 2LQM mode, it can realize the regeneration of two OTU1 optical
signals, the application is shown in Figure 15-3.
Figure 15-3 Application of the LQM2 as an regeneration board of two OTU1 optical signals
G.694.1/G.694.2
RX1 OUT1
OADM RX5 OUT2 OADM
OTU1 signals LQM2 OTU1 signals

TX1 IN1
OADM TX5 IN2 OADM
WDM Side WDM Side
CAUTION
When the LQM2 board is used as an regeneration board of two OTU1 optical signals, only OTU1
services can be accessed at the RX1/TX1 and RX5/TX5 interfaces, otherwise, the ESC
communication on the client side will be interrupted.
Application Scenario 4: Realizes the Regeneration of One OTU1 Optical Signals

When the LQM2 board adopts AP8 mode, it can realize the regeneration of one OTU1 optical
signals, the application is shown in Figure 15-4.
Figure 15-4 Application of the LQM2 as an regeneration board of one OTU1 optical signals
G.694.1/G.694.2
RX1 OUT1
OADM OADM
OTU1 signals LQM2 OTU1 signals

TX1 IN1
OADM OADM
WDM Side WDM Side

Transport Platform
CAUTION
When the LQM2 board is used as an regeneration board of one OTU1 optical signals, only OTU1
service can be accessed at the RX1/TX1 interfaces, otherwise, the ESC communication on the
client side will be interrupted.

The main functions and features supported by the LQM2 are wavelength conversion, service
Table 15-2 Functions and features of the LQM2

Function and
Feature Description
Basic Function l Converges a maximum of dual four channels of Any signals at a rate of
125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s (the RX1/TX1 and RX5/TX5 interfaces
support the signals at a rate of 125 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) to two channels
of OTU1 optical signals.a
l Converges a maximum of eight channels of Any signals at the rate of
125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s (the RX1/TX1 interface supports the signals
at a rate of 125 Mbit/s to 2.5 Gbit/s) to a channel of OTU1 optical signals.
The optical interfaces on the WDM side provides the dual fed and
l Supports the bi-direction regeneration of two channels or one channel
of OTU1 optical signals on the client side.

Transport Platform
Function and
Feature Description
Service type l OTU1: OTN services, the rate is 2.67 Gbit/s. (Only TX1/RX1 and TX5/
RX5 support)b
l OC-48/STM-16: SONET/SDH services, the rate is 2.488 Gbit/s. (Only
TX1/RX1 and TX5/RX5 support)
l FE (Fast Ethernet): Fast Ethernet services, the rate is 125 Mbit/s.
Supports FE optical signals and FE electrical signals.c
l GE: Gigabit Ethernet services, the rate is 1.25 Gbit/s. Supports GE
optical signals and GE electrical signals.c
l ESCON: Enterprise system connection services, the rate is 200 Mbit/s.
l FC100 (Fiber Channel): Fiber channel services, the rate is 1.06 Gbit/s.
l FC200: Fiber channel services, the rate is 2.12 Gbit/s. (Only TX1/RX1
and TX5/RX5 support)
l FICON (Fiber Connection): Fiber channel services, the rate is 1.06 Gbit/
s.
l FICON EXPRESS: Fiber channel services, the rate is 2.12 Gbit/s. (Only
TX1/RX1 and TX5/RX5 support)
l DVB-ASI (Digital Video Broadcasting -Asynchronous Serial Interface):
Digital TV services, the rate is 270 Mbit/s.
l HDTV: High-definition digital TV services, the rate is 1.485 Gbit/s or
1.4835 Gbit/s. (Only TX1/RX1 and TX5/RX5 support)
NOTE
FC100, FC200, FICON, FICON EXPRESS and HDTV services can be configured
as cut service.
Encoding Supports the non return to zero (NRZ) encoding.

scheme
Alarms and Monitors B1, SM_BIP8 and PM_BIP8 bytes to help locate faults.
events monitoring of laser bias current, laser cooling current, laser working
monitoring temperature and optical power.
Monitors the RMON performance of GE optical/electrical signals and FE
optical signals.

Transport Platform
Function and
Feature Description

to the ITU-T G.709.
l Supports the mapping of GE signals into OTU1 signals. The mapping
NOTE
When the LQM2 board is used as an regeneration board, it does not support the PM
overhead configuration.
Regenerator LWX2, LQM, LQM2

board

schemes l Supports inter-subrack 1+1 optical channel protection
l Supports SW SNCP protection
NOTE
In the case that the LQM2 board is used in 2LQM mode, if it is configured with the
intra-board 1+1 protection, the OLP board must be used to achieve the protection.
Only the RX1/TX1, RX2/TX2, RX5/TX5, and RX6/TX6 interfaces on the LQM2
board supports the SW SNCP protection.

ALS function When there is no optical power received at the WDM side or the client side,
the OTU board shuts down the laser of the client side or the WDM side to
avoid personal injuries.
GE ADM Achieves the ADM function of GE services, and supports cross-connect

functiond between couple slots, catercorner slots or transverse slots.
PRBS test Supports the generation and monitoring of PRBS signals of OC-3/STM-1/
OC-12/STM-4/OC-48/STM-16/OTU1 services on the client-side. Detects
the status of the transmission line by comparing the transmitted signals with
the loopbacked signals.
SFP module The LQM2 board supports optical interface SFP module on the WDM side,
and supports optical interface SFP module, electrical interface SFP module,

Transport Platform
Function and
Feature Description

specifications
a: The default configuration of the LQM2 board is a single fed and single receiving board to
process two channels of 4xAny services.
b: The default service at TX1/RX1 and TX5/RX5 interfaces of LQM2 board is OTU1.
c: When an electrical interface SFP module is inserted in the client-side interface TX1/RX1,
TX2/RX2, TX3/RX3, TX4/RX4, TX5/RX5, TX6/RX6, TX7/RX7, or TX8/RX8, FE or GE
electrical services can be accessed.
d: The default configuration of LQM2 board cross-connect is straight-through.
NOTE
If the LQM2 board is deleted on the T2000, the configuration information will disappear and the board
will recover to default configuration after it is configured again on the T2000.

The LQM2 board consists of five parts: the client-side optical module or the client-side electrical
Signal Flow in the Case of Convergence of Dual Four Channels of Signals at Any
Rate
Figure 15-5 is the functional block diagram of the LQM2 board that realize the convergence of
dual four channels of signals at any rate.

Transport Platform
Figure 15-5 Functional block diagram of the LQM2 board (accessing dual four channels of
signals at any rate)
Clock module
Client side
WDM side
RX1
O/E
RX4 OUT1
TX1 E/O
E/O OUT2
TX4
Client-side En/de- Service
optical module
capsulation processing
RX5
IN1
RX8 Levle O/E
IN2
TX5 conversion
TX8 Service en/de-capsulation WDM-side
Client-side
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
DC power supply SCC
from a chassis
NOTE
15-5 shows that the optical interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1-RX4/TX4 interfaces and the
electrical interface SFP module is used in the RX5/TX5-RX8/TX8 interfaces.
In the signal flow of the LQM2 board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LQM2 to the WDM side
of the LQM2, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives optical signals from client side equipment
through the RX1 - RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
The client-side electrical module receives electrical signals from client side equipment
through the RX1 - RX8 interfaces, and performs level conversion.
After conversion, the dual four channels of electrical signals are sent to the service en/
decapsulation and processing module. The module performs processes such as
multiplexing, clock generating and frame processing. Then, the module outputs two
channels of OTU1 signals.

Transport Platform
optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
demultiplexing. Then, the module outputs dual four channels of electrical signals at any
rate.
module performs level conversion of the dual four channels of electrical signals, and then
outputs dual four channels of client-side optical signals and electrical signals through the
TX1 - TX8 interfaces.
Signal Flow in the Case of Convergence of Eight Channels of Signals at Any Rate
Figure 15-6 is the functional block diagram of the LQM2 board that realize the convergence of
eight channels of signals at any rate.

Transport Platform
Figure 15-6 Functional block diagram of the LQM2 board (accessing eight channels of signals
at any rate)
Clock module
Client side
WDM side
RX1
O/E
RX6 OUT1
TX1 E/O
E/O OUT2
TX6
Client-side En/de- Service
optical module
capsulation processing
RX7 IN1
RX8 Levle O/E
IN2
TX7 conversion
TX8
Client-side
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
DC power supply SCC
from a chassis
NOTE
15-6 shows that the optical interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1-RX6/TX6 interfaces and the
electrical interface SFP module is used in the RX7/TX7-RX8/TX8 interfaces.
The client-side optical module receives optical signals from client side equipment
through the RX1 - RX8 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
The client-side electrical module receives electrical signals from client side equipment
through the RX1 - RX8 interfaces, and performs level conversion.
After conversion, the eight channels of electrical signals are sent to the service en/
decapsulation and processing module. The module performs processes such as
multiplexing, clock generating and frame processing. Then, the module outputs one channel
of OTU1 signals.

Transport Platform
optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
demultiplexing. Then, the module outputs eight channels of electrical signals at any rate.
module performs level conversion of the eight channels of electrical signals, and then
outputs eight channels of client-side optical signals and electrical signals through the TX1
- TX8 interfaces.
Signal Flow in the Case of Regeneration of Two Channels of OTU1 Optical Signals
Figure 15-7 is the functional block diagram of the LQM2 board that realize the regeneration of
two channels of OTU1 optical signals.
Figure 15-7 Functional block diagram of the LQM2 unit (accessing two channels of OTU1
optical signals)
Clock module
Client side
WDM side
RX1 OUT1
O/E E/O
RX5 Service en/ Service OUT2
module module
TX1 IN1
E/O O/E
TX5 IN2
Client side Service en/decapsulation and processing WDM side
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis

Transport Platform
NOTE
When the LQM2 board realizes the regeneration of two channels of OTU1 optical signals, only the RX1/
TX1 and RX5/TX5 of the client side interfaces are available, and the optical interface SFP modules must
be inserted.
The client-side optical module receives two channels of OTU1 optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1 and RX5 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service en/decapsulation and
reshaping, regenerating and retiming. Then, the module outputs two channels of OTU1
signals.
optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
standard wavelengths from the WDM line side through the IN1 and IN2 optical interfaces.
Then, the module performs O/E conversion.
regenerating and retiming. Then, the module outputs two channels of electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the signals, and then outputs
two channels of optical signals through the TX1 and TX5 interfaces.
Signal Flow in the Case of Regeneration of One Channel of OTU1 Optical Signals
Figure 15-8 is the functional block diagram of the LQM2 board that realize the regeneration of
one channel of OTU1 optical signals.

Transport Platform
Figure 15-8 Functional block diagram of the LQM2 board (accessing one channel of OTU1
optical signals)
Clock module
Client side
WDM side
RX1 O/E E/O OUT1

Service en/ Service
module module
TX1 E/O O/E IN1
Client side Service en/decapsulation and processing WDM side

Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
NOTE
When the LQM2 board realizes the regeneration of one channel of OTU1 optical signals, only the RX1/
TX1 of the client side interfaces are available, and the optical interface SFP modules must be inserted.
The client-side optical module receives one channel of OTU1 optical signals from client
equipment through the RX1 interface, and performs O/E conversion.
After O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service en/decapsulation and
reshaping, regenerating and retiming. Then, the module outputs one channel of electrical
signals.
The signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing E/O conversion,
the module sends out the G.694.1-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s optical signals at DWDM standard
wavelengths or the G.694.2-compliant 2.67 Gbit/s optical signals at CWDM standard
wavelengths. The optical signals are output through the OUT1 optical interface.
l Receive direction

Transport Platform
standard wavelengths from the WDM side through the IN1 optical interface. Then, the
regenerating and retiming. Then, the module outputs one channel of electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the signals, and then outputs
one channel of OTU1 optical signals through the TX1 interfaces.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Receives optical signals in any format from the client side devices
and performs the O/E conversion of the optical signals in internal electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from internal electrical signals to
optical signals in any format, and transmits the optical signals to client side devices.
Client-side receiver: Receives GE or FE electrical signals from client side devices, and
performs the level conversion of the GE or FE electrical signals to internal electrical
signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the level conversion of internal electrical signals to
GE or FE electrical signals, and transmits the GE or FE electrical signals to client side
devices.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of optical signals at 2.67 Gbit/s.
optical signals at 2.67 Gbit/s.
The module consists of the service en/de-capsulation module and the service processing
module. It realizes the en/de-capsulation of signals in any format and service convergence.
Service en/de-capsulation module: Processes the overheads of signals in any format,
Service processing module: Achieves the multiplexing from signals in any format to
signals in OTU1 format and the demultiplexing from signals in OTU1 format to signals
in any format, and performs processes such as encapsulation/decapsulation of FEC,
encoding/decoding and scrambling/descrambling.
l clock module

Transport Platform
15.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LQM2 front panel.

Figure 15-9 shows the front panel of the LQM2.
Figure 15-9 Front panel of the LQM2

STAT TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 TX3 RX3 TX4 RX4 TX5 RX5 TX6 RX6 TX7 RX7 TX8 RX8 OUT1 IN1 OUT2 IN2 IN1
LQM2
SRV IN2
NOTE
Indicators

Interfaces
When the LQM2 board realizes the convergence of dual four channels of signals at any rate,
Table 15-3 lists the type and function of each interface.
Table 15-3 Types and functions of the LQM2 interfaces (convergence of dual four channels of
IN1 LC Connected to the OADM board to receive the

first group WDM signals.

Transport Platform
IN2 LC Connected to the OADM board to receive the

second group WDM signals.
OUT1 LC Connected to the OADM board to transmit the

first group WDM signals.
OUT2 LC Connected to the OADM board to transmit the

second group WDM signals.
TX1 to TX4 LC (optical interfaces) Transmits the first group service signals to
RJ-45 (electrical client-side equipment.
interfaces)
TX5 to TX8 LC (optical interfaces) Transmits the second group service signals to
interfaces)
RX1 to RX4 LC (optical interfaces) Receives the first group service signals from
interfaces)
RX5 to RX8 LC (optical interfaces) Receives the second group service signals from
interfaces)
When the LQM2 board realizes the convergence of eight channels of signals at any rate, Table
Table 15-4 Types and functions of the LQM2 interfaces (convergence of eight channels of
IN1/IN2 LC Connected to the OADM board to receive WDM

signals.

WDM signals.

interfaces)

interfaces)

Transport Platform
When the LQM2 board realizes the regeneration of two channels of OTU1 optical signals, Table
Table 15-5 Types and functions of the LQM2 interfaces (regeneration of two channels of OTU1
optical signals)
IN1/IN2 LC Connected to the OADM board to receive OTU1

signals.

OTU1 signals.
TX1, TX5 LC Transmits OTU1 signals to client-side

equipment.
RX1, RX5 LC Receives OTU1 signals from client-side

equipment.
When the LQM2 board realizes the regeneration of one channel of OTU1 optical signals, Table
Table 15-6 Types and functions of the LQM2 interfaces (regeneration of one channel of OTU1
optical signals)
IN1 LC Connected to the OADM board to receive OTU1

signals.
OUT1 LC Connected to the OADM board to transmit

OTU1 signals.
TX1 LC Transmits OTU1 signals to client-side

equipment.
RX1 LC Receives OTU1 signals from client-side

equipment.
15.6 Valid Slots

The LQM2 occupies one slot.


Transport Platform
Display of Slots
15.7 LQM2 Interfaces

This section describes the display and configuration rules of interfaces on the board.
Table 15-7 lists the sequence number displayed in an NM system of the interface on the LQM2
board front panel.
Table 15-7 LQM2 interfaces displayed on the T2000
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
TX1/RX1 3
TX2/RX2 4
TX3/RX3 5
TX4/RX4 6
TX5/RX5 7
TX6/RX6 8
TX7/RX7 9
TX8/RX8 10
NOTE

When the LQM2 board is used to access dual four channels of any rate services, the configuration
rules of interfaces are given as followed.
TX1/RX1 and TX5/RX5 interfaces are available.

Transport Platform
l The overall bandwidth of the entire services for TX1/RX1 to TX4/RX4 or TX5/RX5 to
TX8/RX8 should not be more than 2.5 Gbit/s. The overall bandwidth of the entire service
for TX1/RX1 to TX8/RX8 should not be more than 2 x 2.5 Gbit/s.
When the LQM2 board is used to access eight channels of any rate services, the configuration
rules of interfaces are given as followed.
TX1/RX1 interface is available.
l The overall bandwidth of the entire service for TX1/RX1 to TX8/RX8 should not be more
than 2.5 Gbit/s.
When the LQM2 board is used for regeneration of two channels of OTU1 services, the
configuration rules of interfaces are given as followed.
l TX1/RX1 and TX5/RX5 interfaces are available.

RX1 interface receives the first channel of regeneration wavelength in the west, and
OUT1 transmits the first channel of regeneration wavelength in the west; IN1 interface
receives the first channel of regeneration wavelength in the east, and RX1 transmits the
first channel of regeneration wavelength in the east.
RX5 interface receives the second channel of regeneration wavelength in the west, and
OUT2 transmits the second channel of regeneration wavelength in the west; IN2
interface receives the second channel of regeneration wavelength in the east, and RX5
transmits the second channel of regeneration wavelength in the east.
When the LQM2 board is used for regeneration of one channel of OTU1 services, the
configuration rules of interfaces are given as followed.
l TX1/RX1 interfaces are available. RX1 interface receives regeneration wavelength in the
west, and OUT1 transmits regeneration wavelength in the west. IN1 interface receives
regeneration wavelength in the east, and RX1 transmits regeneration wavelength in the
east.
Description of NM Ports
Table 15-8 describes the meanings of the cross-connect ports of the LQM2 board.
Table 15-8 Cross-connect port diagram of the LQM2
Port Name Meaning
3 (RX1/TX1) Respectively corresponding to the client-side optical interfaces.

4 (RX2/TX2)
7 (RX5/TX5)
8 (RX6/TX6)
IN1/OUT1 to IN2/ Respectively corresponding to the WDM-side optical interface.

OUT2

Transport Platform
l During creation of the electrical cross-connect services on the T2000, create the GE cross-
connection. The cross-connect grooming of GE services is realized through the cross-
connect module. The following three cross-connections can be realized:
Create the cross-connection between the internal RX/TX of the board, as shown (1) in
Figure 15-10.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of the board and the IN/OUT port
of other board (The GE services accessed from the client side of the board are cross-
connected to the WDM side of other board), as shown (2) in Figure 15-10.
Create the cross-connection between the RX/TX port of other board and the RX/TX
port of the board (The GE services accessed from the client side of other board are cross-
connected to the client side of the board), as shown (3) in Figure 15-10.
Figure 15-10 Cross-connection diagram of the LQM2

Other board
3(TX1/RX1)-1 Cross-connect 1(IN/OUT)-1

module
4(TX2/RX2)-1 1(IN/OUT)-2
5(TX3/RX3)-1 1(IN/OUT)-3
3 2
6(TX4/RX4)-1 1(IN/OUT)-4

3(TX1/RX1)-1
4(TX2/RX2)-1
7(TX5/RX5)-1
1
8(TX6/RX6)-1 Cross-connect
module
The board
1
The straight-through of the board
The client side of the board are cross-connected to the WDM 2

side of other boards
The client side of other boards are cross-connected to the 3
WDM side of the board
NOTE
Cross-connections are supported only at optical interfaces 3, 4, 7, and 8 of the LQM2 board.
15.8 LQM2 Specifications


Transport Platform
Table 15-9 to Table 15-10 list the electrical specifications of the LQM2.

Item Unit Value
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth


Item Unit Value

rate
Transmission m 100
distance
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth

specification
NOTE
The GE electrical interfaces support 100/1000 Mbit/s self-adapting and 1000 Mbit/s.
Table 15-11 to Table 15-18 list the optical specifications of the LQM2.

Transport Platform

Value


format
Target km 0.5 10 40 80 10
distance

range
Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5 -3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2 -11.5

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

mask

type

range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -22 -23 -19

sensitivity
receiver
overload

Transport Platform
Value
Item Unit I-16 S-16.1 L-16.2


launched power

launched power

extinction ratio
spectral width
mode suppression
ratio
tolerance


sensitivity

overload

reflectance

Transport Platform
Value

range

launched power

launched power

ratio
spectral width

suppression ratio

range

overload
Table 15-14 Specifications of optical module for STM-1/OC-3/FE service at client side
Value
Item Unit S-1.1 L-1.1 L-1.2 I-1
Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ

Transport Platform
Value
Item Unit S-1.1 L-1.1 L-1.2 I-1
Optical source type - MLM MLM SLM MLM
Target distance km 15 40 80 2

Maximum mean dBm -8 0 0 -14

launched power
Minimum mean dBm -15 -5 -5 -19

launched power
Minimum dB 8.2 10.5 10.5 10

extinction ratio
Maximum -20 dB nm NA NA 1 NA
spectral width
Spectral Width- nm NA NA NA 63
RMS
Minimum side dB NA NA 30 NA
mode suppression
ratio
Receiver type - APD APD PIN PIN

Receiver dBm -28 -34 -34 -30

sensitivity
Minimum receiver dBm -8 -10 -10 -14

overload
Maximum dB NA NA NA NA
reflectance

Transport Platform

Value

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Item Unit Value

power

power

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

width

suppression ratio


Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

power

power

launched power

width

suppression ratio

Transport Platform
Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
count

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio

Transport Platform
Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.72 kg (1.59 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 16 LSPL
16 LSPL
About This Chapter
LSPL: OLT side single port GPON access wavelength conversion board

The available hardware version for the LSPL is TNF1.
16.2 Application
The LSPL board is connected to the OLT-side equipment to access one GPON service, which
is converged into one OTU1 signal. The OTU1 signal is then converted into standard WDM
wavelength for further transmission.
The LSPL board accesses one channel of GPON services and then transmit the services
transparently.
The LSPL board consists of the ONU optical module, WDM-side module, service processing
16.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LSPL front panel.
16.6 Valid Slots
The LSPL occupies one slot.
16.7 LSPL Optical Interfaces
16.8 LSPL Specifications
power consumption.

Transport Platform
16 LSPL Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LSPL is TNF1.
Version
Table 16-1 describes the version mapping of the LSPL board.
Table 16-1 Version description of the LSPL
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
16.2 Application
The LSPL board is connected to the OLT-side equipment to access one GPON service, which
Figure 16-1 Application of the LSPL in WDM system
OUT1 IN1
OADM OADM
RX1/TX1
LSPL LSPU RX1/TX1
GPON IN1 OUT1 GPON
OADM OADM

Transport Platform
NOTE
The LSPL board must work with the LSPU board. In the signal flow of the system, the uplink and the

The LSPL board accesses one channel of GPON services and then transmit the services
transparently.
For detailed description of the functions and features, refer to Table 16-2.
Table 16-2 Functions and features of the LSPL board

Functions and
Basic Function The LSPL board accesses one channel of GPON services and then transmit
the services transparently.
The service rate is 1.244 Gbit/s in the uplink and 2.488 Gbit/s in the
downlink.
The optical interface on the WDM side provides the dual fed and selective
receiving function.
NOTE
The transmission distance of the GPON service is 55 km.

NOTE
In the case of the client-side 1+1 protection, if a fiber on the ONU side of the LSPU
Optical module The OLT-side interfaces RX1/TX1 supports the ONU optical module.

The LSPL board consists of the ONU optical module, WDM-side module, service processing
Figure 16-2 shows the functional block diagram of the LSPL.

Transport Platform
Figure 16-2 Functional block diagram of the LSPL
Clock module
OLT side WDM side
RX1 O/E OUT1

E/O
OUT2
Service processing module IN1
TX1 E/O O/E
IN2
ONU optical WDM-side
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
Signal Flow
The LSPL board must work with the LSPU board. In the signal flow of the system, the uplink

the ONU optical module receives one channel of GPON signals from the OLT equipment
through the RX1 optical interface, and then performs the O/E conversion.
The OTU1 signals are sent to the WDM-side module and are then output through the OUT1
and OUT2 optical interfaces after the E/O conversion.
the WDM-side optical module receives two channels of OTU1 signals through the IN1 and
IN2 optical interfaces, and then performs the O/E conversion.
signals are demapped. Then, the service processing module outputs one channel of GPON
signals.
The GPON signals are sent to the ONU optical module and are then output through the
TX1 optical interface after the E/O conversion.

Transport Platform
Module Function
l ONU-side optical module
OLT-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of one channel of GPON optical
signals.
OLT-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from internal electrical signals to
GPON optical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of the OTU1 signals.
OTU1 optical signal.
l Detection module
in real time.
l clock module
16.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LSPL front panel.

Figure 16-3 shows the front panel of the LSPL.
Figure 16-3 Front panel of the LSPL

STAT TX1 RX1 OUT1 IN1 OUT2 IN2 IN1
LSPL
SRV IN2

Transport Platform
Indicators

Interfaces
There are five optical interfaces on the front panel of the LSPL board, Table 16-3 lists the type
Table 16-3 Types and functions of the LSPL interfaces
Optical Interface
RX1/TX1 SC Receives/transmits service signals from/to OLT-side

equipment.
16.6 Valid Slots

The LSPL occupies one slot.

Display of Slots
16.7 LSPL Optical Interfaces


LSPL board front panel.

Transport Platform
Table 16-4 Display of the LSPL optical interfaces

IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
RX1/TX1 3
NOTE
16.8 LSPL Specifications

power consumption.
Table 16-5, Table 16-6 and Table 16-7 list the optical specifications of the LSPL.
Table 16-5 Specifications of ONU optical module for GPON service at OLT-side
Item Unit Value
Transmission rate Gbit/s Receive: 2.50

Transmit: 1.25
Maximum transmission distance km 20 km
Compliant standard - ITU-T G.984.2 CLASS B+

Receive: 1490
Maximum output optical power dBm 5.0
Minimum output optical power dBm 0.5
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10 dB

Transport Platform

Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

power

power

launched power

width

suppression ratio

Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
count

Transport Platform
Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.68 kg (1.50 lb.)

Transport Platform
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 17 LSPR
17 LSPR
About This Chapter
LSPR: single port GPON extension REG board

The available hardware version for the LSPR is TNF1.
17.2 Application
The LSPR board is connected to ONU-side and OLT-side equipment and performs regeneration,
reshaping, and retiming of one GPON services and thus extends the transmission distance of the
GPON services.
The LSPR board performs regeneration, reshaping, and retiming of one GPON services and thus
extends the transmission distance of the GPON services.
The LSPR board consists of OLT optical module, ONU optical module, service processing
17.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LSPR front panel.
17.6 Valid Slots
The LSPR occupies one slot.
17.7 LSPR Optical Interfaces
17.8 LSPR Specifications
power consumption.

Transport Platform
17 LSPR Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LSPR is TNF1.
Version
Table 17-1 describes the version mapping of the LSPR board.
Table 17-1 Version description of the LSPR
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
17.2 Application
The LSPR board is connected to ONU-side and OLT-side equipment and performs regeneration,
reshaping, and retiming of one GPON services and thus extends the transmission distance of the
GPON services.
For the application of the board, see Figure 17-1.
Figure 17-1 Application of the LSPR board
LSPR
OLT side ONU side

Transport Platform

The LSPR board performs regeneration, reshaping, and retiming of one GPON services and thus
extends the transmission distance of the GPON services.
Table 17-2 Functions and features of the LSPR board

Functions and
Basic Function The board performs regeneration, reshaping, and retiming of one
GPON services and thus extends the transmission distance of the
GPON services.
NOTE
Optical module The OLT-side interfaces RX1/TX1 supports the ONU optical
module, and the ONU-side interfaces RX2/TX2 supports the OLT
optical module.

The LSPR board consists of OLT optical module, ONU optical module, service processing
Figure 17-2 shows the functional block diagram of the LSPR.

Transport Platform
Figure 17-2 Functional block diagram of the LSPR
Clock module
OLT side
ONU side
RX1 O/E E/O TX2

TX1 E/O O/E RX2
ONU optical OLT optical
module module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
Signal Flow
In the signal flow of the LSPR board, the uplink and the downlink directions are defined. The
direction from the ONU side to the OLT side is defined as the uplink direction, and the reverse
direction is defined as the downlink direction.
The ONU optical module receives one channel of GPON signals from the OLT equipment
through the RX1 optical interface, and then performs the O/E conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module, where
the signals are processed through a series of reshaping, regeneration, and retiming.
The signals are sent to the optical transmit module and are then output through the TX2 optical
interface after the E/O conversion.
Module Function
Performs the O/E conversion of GPON optical signals and the clock extraction from
the electrical signals after conversion.
Performs the E/O conversion from internal electrical signals to GPON optical signals.
Performs the O/E conversion of one channel of GPON optical signals.
Performs the E/O conversion from one channel of internal electrical signals to GPON
optical signals.

Transport Platform

Performs the reshaping, regeneration, and retiming of the signals.
l Detection module
in real time.
l clock module
17.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LSPR front panel.

Figure 17-3 shows the front panel of the LSPR.
Figure 17-3 Front panel of the LSPR

STAT TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 RX1
LSPR
SRV RX2
Indicators

l OLT-side receive optical power status indicator (RX1)red, green
l ONU-side receive optical power status indicator (RX2)red, green
Interfaces
There are two optical interfaces on the front panel of the LSPR board, Table 17-3 lists the type

Transport Platform
Table 17-3 Types and functions of the LSPR interfaces
Optical Interface
RX1/TX1 SC Connected to the OADM board to receive/transmit OLT-side

signals.
RX2/TX2 SC Connected to the OADM board to receive/transmit ONU-side

signals.
17.6 Valid Slots

The LSPR occupies one slot.

Display of Slots
17.7 LSPR Optical Interfaces


LSPR board front panel.
Table 17-4 Display of the LSPR optical interfaces

RX1/TX1 1
RX2/TX2 2
NOTE

Transport Platform
17.8 LSPR Specifications

power consumption.
Table 17-5 and Table 17-6 list the optical specifications of the LSPR.
Table 17-5 Specifications of ONU optical module for GPON service at OLT-side
Item Unit Value
Transmission rate Gbit/s Receive: 2.50

Transmit: 1.25
Maximum transmission distance km 20 km

Receive: 1490
Table 17-6 Specifications of OLT optical module for GPON service at ONU-side
Item Unit Value
Transmission rate Gbit/s Transmit: 1.25

Receive: 2.50
Maximum transmission distance km 20km

Receive: 1310

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.66 kg (1.45 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 18 LSPU
18 LSPU
About This Chapter
LSPU: ONU side single port GPON access wavelength conversion board

The available hardware version for the LSPU is TNF1.
18.2 Application
The LSPU board is connected to the ONU-side equipment to access one GPON service, which
The LSPU board accesses one channel of GPON services and then transmit the services
transparently.
The LSPU board consists of the OLT optical module, WDM-side module, service processing
18.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LSPU front panel.
18.6 Valid Slots
The LSPU occupies one slot.
18.7 LSPU Optical Interfaces
18.8 LSPU Specifications
power consumption.

Transport Platform
18 LSPU Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LSPU is TNF1.
Version
Table 18-1 describes the version mapping of the LSPU board.
Table 18-1 Version description of the LSPU
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
18.2 Application
The LSPU board is connected to the ONU-side equipment to access one GPON service, which
For the application of the board in WDM systems, seeFigure 18-1.
Figure 18-1 Application of the LSPU in WDM system
OUT1 IN1
OADM OADM
TX1/RX1 LSPL LSPU TX1/RX1

IN1 OUT1
GPON OADM OADM GPON

Transport Platform
NOTE
The LSPU board must work with the LSPL board. In the signal flow of the system, the uplink and the

The LSPU board accesses one channel of GPON services and then transmit the services
transparently.
Table 18-2 Functions and features of the LSPU board

Functions and
Basic Function The board accesses one channel of GPON services and then transmit the
services transparently.
The service rate is 1.244 Gbit/s in the uplink and 2.488 Gbit/s in the
downlink.
The optical interface on the WDM side provides the dual fed and selective
receiving function.
NOTE

NOTE
In the case of the client-side 1+1 protection, if a fiber on the ONU side of the LSPU
Optical module The ONU-side interfaces RX1/TX1 support the OLT optical module.

The LSPU board consists of the OLT optical module, WDM-side module, service processing
Figure 18-2 shows the functional block diagram of the LSPU.

Transport Platform
Figure 18-2 Functional block diagram of the LSPU
Clock module
ONU side WDM side
O/E OUT1
RX1 E/O
OUT2
Service processing module IN1
TX1 E/O O/E
IN2
OLT optical WDM-side
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Back plane
SCC
DC power supply
from a chassis
Signal Flow
The LSPU board must work with the LSPL board. In the signal flow of the system, the uplink

the OLT optical module receives one channel of GPON signals from the ONU through the
RX1 optical interface, and then performs the O/E conversion.
The OTU1 signals are sent to the WDM-side module and are then output through the OUT1
and OUT2 optical interfaces after the E/O conversion.
the WDM-side optical module receives two channels of OTU1 signals through the IN1 and
IN2 optical interfaces, and then performs the O/E conversion.
signals are demapped. Then, the service processing module outputs one channel of GPON
optical signals.
The GPON optical signals are sent to the OLT optical module and are then output through
the TX1 optical interface after the E/O conversion.

Transport Platform
Module Function
ONU-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of one channel of GPON optical
signals.
ONU-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from one channel of internal
electrical signals to GPON optical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of the OTU1 signals.
l Detection module
in real time.
l clock module
18.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LSPU front panel.

Figure 18-3 shows the front panel of the LSPU.
Figure 18-3 Front panel of the LSPU

STAT TX1 RX1 OUT1 IN1 OUT2 IN2 IN1
LSPU
SRV IN2

Transport Platform
Indicators

Interfaces
There are five optical interfaces on the front panel of the LSPU board, Table 18-3 lists the type
Table 18-3 Types and functions of the LSPU interfaces
Optical Interface
RX1/TX1 SC Receives/transmits service signals from/to ONU-side

equipment.
18.6 Valid Slots

The LSPU occupies one slot.

Display of Slots
18.7 LSPU Optical Interfaces


LSPU board front panel.

Transport Platform
Table 18-4 Display of the LSPU optical interfaces

IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
RX1/TX1 3
NOTE
18.8 LSPU Specifications

power consumption.
Table 18-5, Table 18-6 and Table 18-7 list the optical specifications of the LSPU.
Table 18-5 Specifications of OLT optical module for GPON service at ONU-side
Item Unit Value
Transmission rate Gbit/s Transmit: 1.25

Receive: 2.50
Maximum transmission distance km 20km

Receive: 1310

Transport Platform

Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

power

power

launched power

width

suppression ratio

Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
count

Transport Platform
Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.71 kg (1.56 lb.)

Transport Platform
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 19 LSX
19 LSX
About This Chapter
LSX: 10 Gbit/s wavelength conversion board

The available hardware version for the LSX is TNF1.
19.2 Application
The LSX can be used in two different application scenarios: transparent transmission of one
channel of 10G bit/s optical signals , and regeneration of one OTU2 or OTU2v optical signals.
The main functions and features supported by the LSX are fixed wavelength, OTN interfaces
and ESC.
The LSX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
processing module, the clock module, communication module, and power supply module.
19.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LSX front panel.
19.6 Valid Slots
The LSX occupies one slot.
19.7 LSX Optical Interfaces
19.8 LSX Specifications
power consumption.

Transport Platform
19 LSX Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LSX is TNF1.
Version
Table 19-1 describes the version mapping of the LSX board.
Table 19-1 Version description of the LSX

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
19.2 Application
The LSX can be used in two different application scenarios: transparent transmission of one
channel of 10G bit/s optical signals , and regeneration of one OTU2 or OTU2v optical signals.
Application Scenario 1: Realizes the Transparent Transmission of One Channel of

10G bit/s Optical Signals
The LSX is mainly used to map one channel of 10 Gbit/s service signals into OTU2 or OTU2v
signals and realizing the conversion between the 10 Gbit/s service signal and the ITU-T
Recommendation-compliant.
For the application of the board to realize the transparent transmission of one channel of optical
signals, see Figure 19-1.
Figure 19-1 Application of the LSX board (access one channel of optical signals )
10GE LAN OADM OADM 10GE LAN

10GE WAN 10GE WAN
STM-64/OC-192 LSX G.694.1/ G.694.1/
LSX STM-64/OC-192
OTU2 G.694.2 G.694.2
OTU2
OTU2v OADM OADM OTU2v

Transport Platform
Application Scenario 2: Realizes the Regeneration of One Channel of OTU2 or

OTU2v Optical Signals
For the application of the board as an regeneration board of one channel of OTU2 or OTU2v
optical signals, see Figure 19-2.
Figure 19-2 Application of the LSX (access one channel of OTU2 or OTU2v optical signals)
G.694.1/G.694.2
RX OUT
OADM OADM
OTU2/OTU2v LSX OTU2/OTU2v

TX IN
OADM OADM
WDM Side WDM Side

The main functions and features supported by the LSX are fixed wavelength, OTN interfaces
and ESC.
For detailed information about the functions and features, refer to Table 19-2.
Table 19-2 Functions and features of the LSX
Functions and
Basic function Map one channel of any optical signals at the rate of 10 Gbit/s into OTU2
or OTU2v signals.
Supports the bi-direction regeneration of one channels of OTU2 or OTU2v
optical signals on the client side.
Converts the accessed services into the G.694.1-compliant DWDM
wavelength or G.694.2-compliant CWDM wavelength.
Services type l 10GE LAN: Ethernet services, the rate is 10.31 Gbit/s.
l 10GE WAN: Ethernet services, the rate is 9.95 Gbit/s.
l STM-64/OC-192: SDH/SONET services, the rate is 9.95 Gbit/s.
l OTU2: OTN services, the rate is 10.71 Gbit/s.
l OTU2v: OTN services, the rate is 11.1 Gbit/s.

Transport Platform
Functions and
OTN function l Supports the mapping of 10GE LAN/10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192

into OTU2 signals, and the mapping of 10GE LAN into OTU2v signals.
to the ITU-T G.709.
FEC function Uses the FEC and EFEC encoding specified in ITU-T, which enhances
the equivalent sensitivity of the transmission system and stretch the span
PRBS test Supports the generation and monitoring of PRBS signals of 10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/STM-64/OC-192 services on the client-side. Detects the
status of the transmission line by comparing the transmitted signals with
the loopbacked signals.
Protection l Supports 1+1 wavelength protection at client

NOTE
If the LSX board is configured with the intra-board 1+1 protection, the OLP board

ALS function When there is no optical power received at the WDM side, the OTU board
shuts down the laser of the client side to avoid personal injuries.
XFP optical The WDM side and client side support the 10 Gbit/s XFP pluggable optical
module module.
WDM Supports both the DWDM and the CWDM specifications.

specifications

The LSX board consists of the client-side optical module, WDM-side optical module, service
processing module, the clock module, communication module, and power supply module.

Transport Platform
Signal Flow of Realizes the Transparent Transmission of One Channel of 10Gbit/

s Optical Signals
Figure 19-3 is the functional block diagram of the LSX that realize the transparent transmission
of one channel of 10G bit/s optical signals.
Figure 19-3 Functional block diagram of the LSX (transparent transmission of one channel of
10G bit/s optical signals)
Clock module

SDH/SONET
En/de-capsulation and E/O
RX O/E OUT
mapping module
OTN
processing
module O/E IN
TX E/O 10GE LAN
En/de-capsulation and
mapping module WDM-side
Client-side
optical
optical module
module
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
DC power supply Backplane

from a chassis SCC
In the signal flow of the LSX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSX to the WDM side
of the LSX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives one channel of the optical signals from client
equipment through the RX optical interface, and performs the O/E conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the electrical signals are sent to the service processing module.
Different types of signals are sent to different encapsulation and mapping modules for
encapsulation and mapping. In the end, operations such as the OTN framing and FEC/EFEC
encoding processing are performed. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU2/
OTU2v electrical signals.
The OTU2/OTU2v signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing the
E/O conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant or ITU-T G.694.2-

Transport Platform
compliant at WDM standard wavelengths OTU2/OTU2v optical signals through the OUT
optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant or
ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at WDM standard wavelengths OTU2/OTU2v optical signals
from the WDM side through the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs the O/E
conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the OTU2/OTU2v signals are sent to the service processing
module. The module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2v in frame, decoding of
FEC/EFEC, demapping, and decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one
channel of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN electrical signal.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of the electrical signal, and
then outputs client-side optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Signal Flow of Realizes the Regeneration of One Channel of OTU2/OTU2v Signals

Figure 19-4 is the functional block diagram of the LSX that realize the regeneration of one
channel of OTU2/OTU2v signals.
Figure 19-4 Functional block diagram of the LSX (regeneration of one channel of OTU2/OTU2v
signals)
Clock module
RX O/E E/O OUT

Client-side OTN
OTN processing
processing module
TX E/O O/E IN
module
optical module Service processing module optical module
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
DC power supply Backplane

from a chassis SCC
In the signal flow of the LSX board, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The
transmit direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LSX to the WDM side
of the LSX, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.

Transport Platform
The client-side optical module receives one channel of OTU2 or OTU2v optical signals
from client equipment through the RX optical interface, and performs the O/E conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the OTU2 or OTU2v electrical signals are sent to the client-side
OTN processing module for performance monitoring. In the end, operations such as the
OTN framing and FEC/EFEC encoding processing are performed. Then, the module
outputs one channel of OTU2/OTU2v electrical signals.
The OTU2/OTU2v signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module. After performing the
E/O conversion, the module sends out the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant or ITU-T G.694.2-
compliant at WDM standard wavelengths OTU2/OTU2v optical signals through the OUT
optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives one channel of the ITU-T G.694.1-compliant or
ITU-T G.694.2-compliant at WDM standard wavelengths OTU2/OTU2v optical signals
from the WDM side through the IN optical interface. Then, the module performs O/E
conversion.
After the O/E conversion, the OTU2/OTU2v signals are sent to the service processing
module. The module performs operations such as OTU2/OTU2v in frame, decoding of
FEC/EFEC, decapsulation processing. Then, the module outputs one channel of OTU2 or
OTU2v electrical signals.
The client-side optical module performs the E/O conversion of OTU2 or OTU2v electrical
signals, and then outputs client-side optical signals through the TX optical interface.
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/
10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2v optical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals
to OC-192/STM-64/10GE LAN/10GE WAN/OTU2/OTU2v optical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of OTU2/OTU2v optical signals.
WDM-side transmitter: Performs the E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals
to OTU2/OTU2v optical signals.
The module consists of the SDH/SONET en/de-capsulation and mapping module, 10GE
LAN en/de-capsulation and mapping module, client-side OTN processing module, and
OTN processing module.
SDH/SONET en/de-capsulation and mapping module

Transport Platform
Encapsulates one channel of SDH/SONET/10GE WAN signals and maps the signals
into the OTU2 payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the
SDH/SONET/10GE WAN performance monitoring function.
10GE LAN en/de-capsulation and mapping module
Encapsulates one channel of 10GE LAN signals and maps the signals into the OTU2/
OTU2v payload area. The module also performs the reverse process and has the 10GE
LAN performance monitoring function.
Client-side OTN processing module
Realizes the OTN performance monitoring function.
OTN processing module
Realizes the framing of OTU2/OTU2v signals, processes the overheads of the OTU2/
OTU2v signals, and performs the FEC/EFEC encoding and decoding.
l clock module
19.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LSX front panel.

Figure 19-5 shows the front panel of the LSX.
Figure 19-5 Front panel of the LSX

STAT OUT IN TX RX IN
SRV
LSX
RX
Indicators

l Client-side receive optical power status indicator (RX)red, green

Transport Platform
NOTE
The RX indicator is active when the board is used as an regeneration board.
Interfaces
There are four optical interfaces on the front panel of the LSX board, Table 19-3 lists the type
Table 19-3 Types and functions of the LSX interfaces
Connector
Interface Type Description
TX LC Transmits service signals to client-side equipment.
RX LC Receives service signals from client-side equipment.
OUT LC Connected to the OADM board to transmit WDM

signals.
IN LC Connected to the OADM board to receive WDM

signals.
19.6 Valid Slots

The LSX occupies one slot.

Display of Slots
19.7 LSX Optical Interfaces


LSX board front panel.

Transport Platform
Table 19-4 LSX optical interfaces displayed on the T2000

IN/OUT 1
RX/TX 3
NOTE
Configuration Rule of Optical Interface

NA
19.8 LSX Specifications

power consumption.
NOTE
10 Gbit/s Multi-rate -10km module, 10 Gbit/s Multi-rate -40km module and 10 Gbit/s Multi-rate -80km
module can be used to access OC-192, STM-64, 10GE, OTU2 and OTU2v signals. The specifications
listed following completely apply to OTU2 signals. The actual values may be slightly different from these
specifications when the accessed signals are OC-192, STM-64, 10GE or OTU2v signals.
Table 19-5, Table 19-6 and Table 19-7 list the optical specifications of the LSX.
Table 19-5 Specifications of optical module at client side
Item Unit Value
Supported optical - 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s 10 Gbit/s

interface type Multi-rate Multi-rate -40 Multi-rate Single rate
-10 km km -80 km -0.3 km
Optical line code - NRZ NRZ NRZ NRZ
Light source type - SLM SLM SLM MLM
Target distance km 10 40 80 0.3
Transmitter characteristics at point S
Operating nm 1290 to 1530 to 1565 1530 to 840 to 860

wavelength range 1330 1565

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value
Maximum mean dBm -1 2 4 -1.3

launched optical
power
Minimum mean dBm -6 -1 0 -7.3

launched optical
power
Minimum extinction dB 6 8.2 9 3

ratio
Maximum -20 dB nm NA 0.3 0.3 NA

spectrum width
Minimum side-mode dB 30 30 30 30
suppression ratio
Eye pattern - Compliant with Telcordia GR-253/IEEE 802.3ae/G.959
Receiver characteristics at point R
Receiver type - PIN PIN APD PIN
Operating nm 1290 to 1530 to 1565 1530 to 840 to 860

wavelength range 1330 1565
Receiver sensitivity dBm -11 -14 -24 -7.5
Minimum overload dBm 0.5 -1 -9 -1

point
Maximum dB -14 -27 -27 -12

reflectance

Item Unit Value

fixed

launched power

launched power

ratio

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

deviation

spectral width

suppression ratio

G.959

range

(FEC on)

overload
DWDM system.
Value
Item Unit 1600 ps/nm-4mW
Line code format - NRZ-1471 nm to 1611 nm a
Maximum mean launched power dBm 3
Minimum mean launched power dBm -3
Minimum extinction ratio dB 8.2
Central wavelength nm 1471 to 1611 a
Central wavelength deviation nm 6.5

Transport Platform
Value
Item Unit 1600 ps/nm-4mW
Maximum -20 dB spectral width nm 1
Minimum side mode suppression dB 35

ratio
Dispersion tolerance ps/nm 1600
Eye pattern mask - Compliant with Telcordia GR-253/

IEEE802.3ae/G.959
Receiver type - APD
Maximum reflectance dB -27
a: The board temporarily support 1531 nm and 1551 nm in CWDM system.
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.75 kg (1.65 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 20 LWX2
20 LWX2
About This Chapter
LWX2: Double arbitrary bit rate wavelength conversion board

The available hardware version for the LWX2 is TNF1.
20.2 Application
The LWX2 can be used in two different application scenarios: transparent transmission of two
optical signals at any rate, and regeneration of two OTU1 optical signals.
The main functions and features supported by the LWX2 are wavelength conversion, system
clock processing and ALS.
The LWX2 consists of the client-side optical module or client-side electrical module, the WDM-
side optical module, the service processing module, the communication module, and the power
supply module.
20.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the LWX2 front panel.
20.6 Valid Slots
The LWX2 occupies one slot.
20.7 LWX2 Interfaces
20.8 LWX2 Specifications

Transport Platform
20 LWX2 Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the LWX2 is TNF1.
Version
Table 20-1 describes the version mapping of the LWX2 board.
Table 20-1 Version description of the LWX2

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
20.2 Application
The LWX2 can be used in two different application scenarios: transparent transmission of two
optical signals at any rate, and regeneration of two OTU1 optical signals.
Application Scenario 1: Realizes the Transparent Transmission of Two Optical

Signals at Any Rate
The LWX2 is mainly used to access two channels of any rate signals at 42 Mbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/
s, and convert the signals into DWDM standard wavelength compliant with ITU-T G.694.1 or
For the application of the board to realize the transparent transmission of two channels of optical
signals at any rate, see Figure 20-1.
Figure 20-1 Application of the LWX2 board (access two channels of optical signals at any rate)
OUT1 IN1
RX1 TX1
OUT3 OADM OADM IN3
RX2 TX2
Any arbitrary rate
LWX2 G.694.1/G.694.2 LWX2 Any arbitrary rate
optical signal IN1 OUT1 optical signal
TX1 RX1
IN3 OADM OADM OUT3
TX2 RX2

Transport Platform
NOTE
can be used on the client side at the same time. The interfaces on the client side can access Any optical
signals, GE/FE electrical signals, or GE optical signals through the replacement of the SFP modules. Figure
Application Scenario 2: Realizes the Regeneration of Two Channels of OTU1

Signals
For the application of the board as an regeneration board of two OTU1 optical signals, see Figure
20-2.
Figure 20-2 Application of the LWX2 board (access two channels of OTU1 optical signals)
G.694.1/G.694.2
RX1 OUT1
OADM RX2 OUT3 OADM
OTU1 signals LWX2 OTU1 signals

TX1 IN1
OADM TX2 IN3 OADM
WDM Side WDM Side
NOTE
In the two scenarios above, the default signal rates of the TX1/RX1 and TX2/RX2 interfaces on the client
side are 2.67 Gbit/s.

The main functions and features supported by the LWX2 are wavelength conversion, system
clock processing and ALS.

Transport Platform
Table 20-2 Functions and features of the LWX2

Functions and
Basic function The board is used to reshape, regenerate and retime two channels of the
services at the 42 Mbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s rate in both the transmit and receive
directions.
The board supports the bi-direction regeneration of two channels of OTU1
optical signals on the client side.
Converts the accessed services into the G.694.1-compliant DWDM
wavelength or the G.694.2-compliant CWDM wavelength.
The optical interfaces on the WDM side provides the dual fed and selective
receiving function.
Services type l GE: Ethernet services, the rate is 1.25 Gbit/s. Supports GE optical
signals and GE electrical signals.
l FE: Ethernet services, the rate is 125 Mbit/s.
l STM-1/OC-3: SDH/SONETservice, the rate is 155.52 Mbit/s.
l STM-4/OC-12: SDH/SONET service, the rate is 622.08 Mbit/s.
l STM-16/OC-48: SDH/SONET service, the rate is 2.488 Gbit/s.
l ESCON: SAN service, the rate is 200 Mbit/s.
l FC100: SAN service, the type is 1.06 G bit/s.
l FC200: SAN service, the rate is 2.12 Gbit/s.
l DVB-ASI (Digital Video Broadcasting -Asynchronous Serial
Interface): Digital TV services, the rate is 270 Mbit/s.
l HDTV: High-definition digital TV services, the rate is 1.49 Gbit/s.
l OTU1: OTN services, the rate is 2.67 Gbit/s. (Only TX1/RX1 supports)
l Other services at any rate of 42 Mbit/s through 2.67 Gbit/s.
Regenerator LWX2
board
Protection l Supports intra-board wavelength protection.

Loopback l Supports WDM side outloop

PRBS test The interface TX1/RX1 on client-side supports the generation and
monitoring of PRBS signals. Detects the status of the transmission line by
comparing the transmitted signals with the loopbacked signals.

Transport Platform
Functions and
ALS function When there is no optical power received at the WDM side, the OTU board
shuts down the laser of the client side to avoid personal injuries.
SFP optical The LWX2 board supports optical interface SFP module on the WDM
module side, and supports optical interface SFP module, SFP electrical module,
WDM Supports both the DWDM and the CWDM specifications.

specifications

The LWX2 consists of the client-side optical module or client-side electrical module, the WDM-
side optical module, the service processing module, the communication module, and the power
supply module.
Signal Flow of Realizes the Transparent Transmission of Two Channels of Signals

at Any Rate
Figure 20-3 is the functional block diagram of the LWX2 that realize the transparent
transmission of two channels of signals at any rate.
Figure 20-3 Functional block diagram of the LWX2 (transparent transmission of two channels
of signals at any rate)
Client side
WDM side
RX1 O/E OUT1
OUT2
TX1 E/O E/O OUT3
OUT4
Client-side Service
optical module processing module IN1
IN2
RX2 Level O/E IN3
TX2 conversion IN4
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Back plane
DC power supply SCC
from a chassis

Transport Platform
NOTE
can be used on the client side at the same time. The interfaces on the client side can access Any optical
signals, GE/FE electrical signals, or GE optical signals through the replacement of the SFP modules. Figure
20-3 shows that the optical interface SFP module is used in the RX1/TX1 interfaces and the electrical
interface SFP module is used in the RX2/TX2 interfaces.
In the signal flow of the LWX2, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The transmit
direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWX2 to the WDM side of the
LWX2, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives optical signals from client equipment through
the RX1 and RX2 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
The client-side electrical module receives electrical signals from client equipment
through the RX1 and RX2 interfaces, and performs level conversion.
After conversion, the signals are sent to the service processing module where reshaping,
regenerating and retiming are performed.
The WDM-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the signals. Then, the module
sends out the G. 694.1-compliant optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths or the
G. 694.2-compliant optical signals at CWDM standard wavelengths. The optical signals
are output through the OUT1 to OTU4 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the G.694.1-compliant optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths or the G.694.2-compliant optical signals at CWDM standard
wavelengths from the WDM side through the IN1 to IN4 optical interfaces. Then, the
After O/E conversion, the signals are sent to the service processing module where
reshaping, regenerating and retiming are performed.
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion, and then outputs client-side
signals through the TX1 and TX2 interfaces.
Signal Flow of Realizes the Regeneration of Two Channels of OTU1 Signals

Figure 20-4 is the functional block diagram of the LWX2 board that realize the regeneration of
two channels of OTU1 signals.

Transport Platform
Figure 20-4 Functional block diagram of the LWX2 (regeneration of two channels of OTU1
signals)
OUT1
RX1
O/E E/O
RX2 OUT3
Service
TX1 processing module IN1
E/O O/E
TX2 IN3
optical module optical module
Power supply
module
Fuse Required
voltage
Back plane
DC power supply SCC
from a chassis
In the signal flow of the LWX2, the transmit and the receive directions are defined. The transmit
direction is defined as the direction from the client side of the LWX2 to the WDM side of the
LWX2, and the receive direction is defined as the reverse direction.
The client-side optical module receives OTU1 optical signals from client equipment
through the RX1 and RX2 interfaces, and performs O/E conversion.
The WDM-side optical module performs E/O conversion of the signals. Then, the module
sends out the G. 694.1-compliant optical signals at DWDM standard wavelengths or the
G. 694.2-compliant optical signals at CWDM standard wavelengths. The optical signals
are output through the OUT1 and OUT3 optical interface.
l Receive direction
The WDM-side optical module receives the G.694.1-compliant optical signals at DWDM
standard wavelengths or the G.694.2-compliant optical signals at CWDM standard
wavelengths from the WDM line side through the IN1 and IN3 optical interface. Then, the
The client-side optical module performs E/O conversion, and then outputs client-side
OTU1 optical signals through the TX1 and TX2 interfaces.

Transport Platform
Module Function
Client-side receiver: Performs the O/E conversion of optical signals in any format.
Client-side transmitter: Performs E/O conversion from the internal electrical signals to
optical signals in any format.
Client-side receiver: Performs the level conversion of GE electrical signals.
Client-side transmitter: Performs level conversion from the internal electrical signals to
GE electrical signals.
WDM-side receiver: Performs O/E conversion of optical signals at any rate.
optical signals at the arbitrary rate.
The module performs reshaping, regenerating and retiming of the signals.
20.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the LWX2 front panel.

Figure 20-5 shows the front panel of the LWX2.
Figure 20-5 Front panel of the LWX2

STAT TX1 RX1 TX2 RX2 OUT1 IN1 OUT2 IN2 OUT3 IN3 OUT4 IN4 IN1 IN3
LWX2
SRV IN2 IN4

Transport Platform
NOTE
Optical interface SFP modules, electrical interface SFP modules, or single-fiber bidirectional GE SFP
modules can be inserted in the client-side interfaces, Figure 20-5 show the situation that the interfaces are
inserted with optical interface SFP modules.
Indicators
There are six indicators on the front panel.

l WDM-side receive optical power status indicator (IN1 to IN4)red, green
Interfaces
There are 12 interfaces on the front panel of the LWX2 board, Table 20-3 lists the type and
Table 20-3 Types and functions of the LWX2 interfaces
TX1/TX2 LC (optical interfaces) Transmits service signals to client-side

interfaces)
RX1/RX2 LC (optical interfaces) Receives service signals from client-side

interfaces)
IN1 to IN4 LC Connected to the OADM board to receive WDM

signals.
OUT1 to LC Connected to the OADM board to transmit

OUT4 WDM signals.
20.6 Valid Slots

The LWX2 occupies one slot.


Transport Platform
Display of Slots
20.7 LWX2 Interfaces


Table 20-4 lists the sequence number displayed in an NM system of the interfaces on the LWX2
board front panel.
Table 20-4 LWX2 interfaces displayed on the T2000
IN1/OUT1 1
IN2/OUT2 2
IN3/OUT3 3
IN4/OUT4 4
TX1/RX1 5
TX2/RX2 6
NOTE

When the LWX2 board is used to transmit two signals at any rate transparently, the
correspondence of the interfaces on the client-side and the interfaces on the WDM side is as
follows.
l The RX1/TX1 interfaces on the client-side correspond to the IN1/OUT1 and IN2/OUT2
interfaces on the WDM side, and the interfaces on the WDM side provide the dual fed and
l The RX2/TX2 interfaces on the client-side correspond to the IN3/OUT3 and IN4/OUT4
interfaces on the WDM side, and the interfaces on the WDM side provide the dual fed and
When the LWX2 board is used to regenerate of two OTU1 optical signals, the correspondence
of the optical interfaces on the client-side and the interfaces on the WDM side is as follows.
l The RX1/TX1 interfaces on the client-side correspond to the IN1/OUT1 interface on the
WDM side.

Transport Platform
l The RX2/TX2 interfaces on the client-side correspond to the IN3/OUT3 interface on the
WDM side.
20.8 LWX2 Specifications

Table 20-5 and Table 20-6 list the electrical specifications of the LWX2.
Item Unit Value
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth

Item Unit Value

rate
Transmission m 100
distance
Transmission - 98%
bandwidth

specification
Table 20-7 to Table 20-13 list the optical specifications of the LWX2.

Transport Platform

Value


format
Target km 0.5 10 40 80 10
distance

range
Maximum dBm -2.5 -3 0 5 -3

mean
launched
power
Minimum dBm -9.5 -9 -5 -2 -11.5

mean
launched
power
extinction
ratio

mask

type

range
Receiver dBm -17 -20 -22 -23 -19

sensitivity
receiver
overload

Transport Platform
Value
Item Unit I-16 S-16.1 L-16.2


launched power

launched power

extinction ratio
spectral width
mode suppression
ratio
tolerance


sensitivity

overload

reflectance

Transport Platform
Value

range

launched power

launched power

ratio
spectral width

suppression ratio

range

overload

Value

Transport Platform
Value

power

power

width

suppression ratio
Item Unit Value

power

power

width

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

suppression ratio


Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

power

power

launched power

width

suppression ratio

Transport Platform
Value
3400 ps/nm-2mW- 2400 ps/nm-2mW-

Item Unit APD APD

Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
count

power

power

deviation

width

suppression ratio

Transport Platform
Value
1600 ps/ 800 ps/nm-4mW

Item Unit nm-4mW
NOTE
In Table 20-12 and Table 20-13, the eye pattern mask indicates the eye pattern mask of the signals on the
WDM side when the OTU1 service is accessed on the client side. When the client side accesses other
services, the eye pattern mask of the signals on the WDM side is the same as that of the services on the
client side.
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.69 kg (1.52 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 21 MD8
21 MD8
About This Chapter
MD8: 8 Channel Multiplexing and Demultiplexing Board

The available hardware version for the MD8 is TNF1.
21.2 Application
The MD8 board mainly serves to add/drop eight channels of wavelength signals to/from the
multiplexed signals.
The main functions and features supported by the MD8 are adding/dropping and multiplexing.
The MD8 unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, and communication module.
21.5 Front Panel
There are interfaces on the MD8 front panel.
21.6 Valid Slots
The MD8 occupies one slot.
21.7 MD8 Optical Interfaces
21.8 MD8 Specifications

Transport Platform
21 MD8 Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the MD8 is TNF1.
Version
Table 21-1 describes the version mapping of the MD8 board.
Table 21-1 Version description of the MD8
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
21.2 Application
The MD8 board mainly serves to add/drop eight channels of wavelength signals to/from the
Figure 21-1 Application of the MD8 in WDM systems
OTU OTU
8

MD8 MD8
OTU OTU

The main functions and features supported by the MD8 are adding/dropping and multiplexing.

Transport Platform
Table 21-2 Functions and features of the MD8 board
Functions and
Basic Function Adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of signals from the

The MD8 unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, and communication module.
Figure 21-2 shows the principle block diagram of the MD8.
Figure 21-2 Principle block diagram of the MD8

D1 to D8 A1 to A8
IN Drop Add OUT
OADM module
Backplane or CTL
SCC
Signal Flow
The board receives the multiplexed optical signals from the upstream station through the IN
optical interface. The drop optical module drops eight wavelengths from the multiplexed signals
through the D1 to D8 optical interfaces.
The add module multiplexes the signals with the eight wavelengths added through the A1 to A8
optical interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l Optical module

Transport Platform
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of eight wavelengths.

21.5 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the MD8 front panel.
Figure 21-3 shows the front panel of the MD8.
Figure 21-3 Front panel of the MD8

MD8
IN OUT A1 D1 A2 D2 A3 D3 A4 D4 A5 D5 A6 D6 A7 D7 A8 D8
1471 1491 1511 1531 1551 1571 1591 1611
Indicators
The MD8 board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are 18 optical interfaces on the front panel of the MD8 board, Table 21-3 lists the type
Table 21-3 Types and functions of the MD8 interfaces
Optical Interface
A1 to A8 LC Receive the optical signals from the OTU or integrated

client side equipment, thus adding one channel
respectively.
D1 to D8 LC Transmit optical signals to the OTU or integrated client-

side equipment, thus dropping one channel respectively.
IN/OUT LC Receive or transmit the multiplexed signal.
NOTE
interface.
21.6 Valid Slots

The MD8 occupies one slot.

Transport Platform

Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.
21.7 MD8 Optical Interfaces


MD8 board front panel.
Table 21-4 MD8 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000
IN/OUT 9
A1/D1 1
A2/D2 2
A3/D3 3
A4/D4 4
A5/D5 5
A6/D6 6
A7/D7 7
A8/D8 8

Transport Platform
NOTE
21.8 MD8 Specifications

Table 21-5 lists the optical specifications of the MD8.
Table 21-5 TNF1MD8 board specifications

ng interfaces

range
- Adjacent channel nm 20
spacing
IN-D1 0.5 dB spectral width nm 13

IN-D2
Drop channel insertion dB 2.0
IN-D3 loss
IN-D4
IN-D5
isolation
IN-D6
IN-D7 Non-adjacent channel dB > 40
isolation
IN-D8
A1-OUT 0.5 dB spectral width nm 13

A2-OUT
Add channel insertion dB 2.0
A3-OUT loss
A4-OUT
A5-OUT
A6-OUT
A7-OUT
A8-OUT

In CWDM systems, the MD8 supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The wavelength that
is accessed by each optical interface should comply with the following rules:
A1 = D1 < A2 = D2 < A3 = D3 < A4 = D4 < A5 = D5 < A6 = D6 < A7 = D7 < A8 = D8

Transport Platform
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.64 kg (1.41 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 22 MD8S
22 MD8S
About This Chapter
MD8S: 8 Channel Multiplexing and Demultiplexing Board With OSC

The available hardware version for the MD8S is TNF1.
22.2 Application
The MD8S board is mainly used to demultiplex eight wavelength signals from the multiplexed
signal in one transmission direction. In addition, it is used to multiplex the signals in the main
The MD8S board supports optical add/drop multiplexing. In addition, it is used to multiplex the
signals in the main optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory channel into one
The MD8S unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, and communication module.
22.5 Front Panel
There are interfaces on the MD8S front panel.
22.6 Valid Slots
The MD8S occupies one slot.
22.7 MD8S Optical Interfaces
22.8 MD8S Specifications

Transport Platform
22 MD8S Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the MD8S is TNF1.
Version
Table 22-1 describes the version mapping of the MD8S board.
Table 22-1 Version description of the MD8S
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
22.2 Application
The MD8S board is mainly used to demultiplex eight wavelength signals from the multiplexed
signal in one transmission direction. In addition, it is used to multiplex the signals in the main
For the application of the in WDM system, see Figure 22-1.
Figure 22-1 Application of the MD8S in WDM system
OTU OTU
Client Client
8

service MD8S MD8S service

OTU OTU
OSC OSC

Transport Platform

The MD8S board supports optical add/drop multiplexing. In addition, it is used to multiplex the
signals in the main optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory channel into one
Table 22-2 Functions and features of the MD8S

Functions and
Basic function Adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of signals from the
Multiplex the signals in the main optical path and the signals in the
1310 nm supervisory channel into one signal, and completes the
reverse process.
WDM Supports the CWDM specifications.

specifications

The MD8S unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, and communication module.
Figure 22-2 shows the principle block diagram of the MD8S.
Figure 22-2 Principle block diagram of the MD8S

D1 to D8 SO SI A1 to A8
IN Drop Add OUT
OADM module
Backplane or CTL
SCC

Transport Platform
Signal Flow
through the D1 to D8 optical interfaces, and then drops one channel of OSC signal throgh the
SO optical interface.
The add module multiplexes one channel of OSC signals through the SI optical interface, and
then multiplexes the signals with the eight wavelengths added through the A1 to A8 optical
interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of eight wavelengths. Multiplex the signals in the
main optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory channel into one signal,
22.5 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the MD8S front panel.
Figure 22-3 shows the front panel of the MD8S.
Figure 22-3 Front panel of the MD8S

MD8S
IN OUT A1 D1 A2 D2 A3 D3 A4 D4 A5 D5 A6 D6 A7 D7 A8 D8 SI SO
1471 1491 1511 1531 1551 1571 1591 1611 1310
Indicators
The MD8S board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are 20 optical interfaces on the front panel of the MD8S board, Table 22-3 lists the type
Table 22-3 Types and functions of the MD8S interfaces
Optical Interface

Transport Platform
Optical Interface

clientside equipment, thus adding one channel
respectively.

SI/SO LC Receive or transmit the OSC signal.
NOTE
interface.
22.6 Valid Slots

The MD8S occupies one slot.

Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.
22.7 MD8S Optical Interfaces


Transport Platform

MD8S board front panel.
Table 22-4 MD8S optical interfaces displayed on the T2000
IN/OUT 9
A1/D1 1
A2/D2 2
A3/D3 3
A4/D4 4
A5/D5 5
A6/D6 6
A7/D7 7
A8/D8 8
SI/SO 10
NOTE
22.8 MD8S Specifications

Table 22-5 lists the optical specifications of the MD8S.
Table 22-5 TNF1MD8S board specifications

ng interfaces

range
spacing

Transport Platform

ng interfaces

range of 1310 nm

IN-D2
IN-D3 loss
IN-D4
IN-D5
isolation
IN-D6
isolation
IN-D8
IN-SO Insertion loss dB 1.0

A2-OUT
A3-OUT loss
A4-OUT
A5-OUT
A6-OUT
A7-OUT
A8-OUT
SI-OUT Insertion loss dB 1.0

In CWDM systems, the MD8S supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The wavelength
l A1 = D1 < A2 = D2 < A3 = D3 < A4 = D4 < A5 = D5 < A6 = D6 < A7 = D7 < A8 = D8
l SI = SO = 1310 nm
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.66 kg (1.45 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform


Transport Platform
Hardware Description 23 MR1
23 MR1
About This Chapter
MR1: Single Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing Board

The available hardware version for the MR1 is TNF1.
23.2 Application
The MR1 board mainly serves to add/drop a channel of wavelength signals to/from the
multiplexed signals in a direction.
The MR1 board supports optical add/drop multiplexing and cascading ports.
The MR1 unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, and communication module.
23.5 Front Panel
There are interfaces on the MR1 front panel.
23.6 Valid Slots
The MR1 occupies one slot.
23.7 MR1 Optical Interfaces
23.8 MR1 Specifications

Transport Platform
23 MR1 Hardware Description

Version
Table 23-1 describes the version mapping of the MR1 board.
Table 23-1 Version description of the MR1
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
23.2 Application
The MR1 board mainly serves to add/drop a channel of wavelength signals to/from the
Figure 23-1 shows the MR1 board application in the WDM system.
Figure 23-1 MR1 board application in the WDM system
Client service Client service
OTU OTU
MR1 MR1

Transport Platform
NOTE
at the same time.

Table 23-2 Functions and features of the MR1 board
Functions and
Basic Function Adds/drops and multiplexes one channel of signal from the
Provides the optical interface to concatenate other OADM boards.

Figure 23-2 shows the principle block diagram of the MR1.
Figure 23-2 Principle block diagram of the MR1

D1 MO MI A1
IN Drop Add OUT
OADM module
Backplane or CTL
SCC

Transport Platform
Signal Flow
optical interface. The drop optical module drops one wavelength from the multiplexed signals
through the D1 optical interface. The dropped signals are output through the MO optical
interface.
The board receives the signals that travel over the main optical path through the MI optical
interface. The add module multiplexes the signals with the one wavelength added through the
A1 optical interface. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the OUT optical
interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of one wavelengths.
Provides an intermediate cascade interface for cascading to other optical add/drop
multiplexer (OADM) units, so that the system can add/drop more wavelengths at the
local station.
23.5 Front Panel


Figure 23-3 shows the front panel of the MR1.
Figure 23-3 Front panel of the MR1

MR1
IN OUT A1 D1 MI MO
1471
Indicators
The MR1 board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are 6 optical interfaces on the front panel of the MR1 board, Table 23-3 lists the type and

Transport Platform
Table 23-3 Types and functions of the MR1 interfaces

Optical Interfac
Interface e Type Function
A1 LC Receive the optical signals from the OTU or integrated client-side

equipment, thus adding one channel.
D1 LC Transmit optical signals to the OTU or integrated client-side

equipment, thus dropping one channel.
MI/MO LC Cascade input/output interfaces; used to concatenate other OADM

boards, realize the adding/dropping of others channel in the
multiplexed signal.
NOTE
interface.
23.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.


Transport Platform

MR1 board front panel.
Table 23-4 MR1 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000

A1/D1 1
IN/OUT 2
MO/MI 3
NOTE

Table 23-5 lists the optical specifications of the MR1.
Table 23-5 TNF1MR1 board specifications
Correspo Item Unit Value

nding
interfaces

frequency/
range

channel
spacing CWDM nm 20
IN-D1 0.5 dB DWDM nm 0.22

spectral width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.2

Transport Platform

nding
interfaces

isolation
A1-OUT 0.5 dB DWDM nm 0.22

spectral width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.2
IN-MO Insertion loss DWDM dB < 0.7
CWDM dB < 0.7
Isolation dB > 13
MI-OUT Insertion loss DWDM dB < 0.7
CWDM dB < 0.7
Isolation dB > 15

In DWDM and CWDM systems, the MR1 supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The
A1 = D1
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.54 kg (1.19 lb.)
Power Consumption


Transport Platform
Hardware Description 24 MR1S
24 MR1S
About This Chapter
MR1S: Single channel optical add/drop multiplexing board with OSC

The available hardware version for the MR1S is TNF1.
24.2 Application
The MR1S board mainly serves to add/drop one channel of wavelength signals to/from the
multiplexed signals in a direction. In addition, it is used to multiplex the signals in the main
The MR1S board supports optical add/drop multiplexing and cascading ports. In addition, it is
used to multiplex the signals in the main optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory
channel into one signal, and completes the reverse process.
The MR1S unit consists of two parts: the OADM module, and communication module.
24.5 Front Panel
There are interfaces on the MR1S front panel.
24.6 Valid Slots
The MR1S occupies one slot.
24.7 MR1S Optical Interfaces
24.8 MR1S Specifications

Transport Platform
24 MR1S Hardware Description

Version
Table 24-1 describes the version mapping of the MR1S board.
Table 24-1 Version description of the MR1S
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
24.2 Application
The MR1S board mainly serves to add/drop one channel of wavelength signals to/from the
Figure 24-1 Application of the MR1S in WDM systems
OTU OTU
MR1S MR1S
OSC OSC

Transport Platform
NOTE
at the same time.

Table 24-2 Functions and features of the MR1S board

Basic Function Adds/drops and multiplexes one channel of signal from the
Provides the optical interface to concatenate other OADM
boards.
Multiplex the signals in the main optical path and the signals
in the 1310 nm supervisory channel into one signal, and
completes the reverse process.

Figure 24-2 shows the principle block diagram of the MR1S.

Transport Platform
Figure 24-2 Principle block diagram of the MR1S
D1 SO MO MI SI A1
IN Drop Add OUT
OADM module
Signal Flow
optical interface. The drop optical module drops one wavelength from the multiplexed signals
through the D1 optical interface, and then drops one channel of OSC signal throgh the SO optical
interface. The dropped signals are output through the MO optical interface.
interface. The add module multiplexes one channel of OSC signals through the SI optical
interface, and then multiplexes the signals with the one wavelength added through the A1 optical
interface. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of one wavelength, and multiplex the signals in the
main optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory channel into one signal,
local station.
24.5 Front Panel


Transport Platform

Figure 24-3 shows the front panel of the MR1S.
Figure 24-3 Front panel of the MR1S
MR1S
IN OUT A1 D1 SI SO MI MO
1471 1310
Indicators
The MR1S board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are eight optical interfaces on the front panel of the MR1S board, Table 24-3 lists the type
Table 24-3 Types and functions of the MR1S interfaces

Optical Interfac
Interface e Type Function
A1 LC Receive the optical signals from the OTU or integrated client-side

equipment, thus adding one channel.

MI/MO LC Cascade input/output interfaces; used to concatenate other OADM

boards, realize the adding/dropping of others channel in the
multiplexed signal.
NOTE
interface.
24.6 Valid Slots



Transport Platform
Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.


MR1S board front panel.
Table 24-4 MR1S optical interfaces displayed on the T2000

A1/D1 1
IN/OUT 2
MI/MO 3
SI/SO 4
NOTE


Transport Platform
Table 24-5 lists the optical specifications of the MR1S.
Table 24-5 TNF1MR1S board specifications
Corresp Item Unit Value

onding
interface
s

frequency/
range

channel spacing
CWDM nm 20

of 1310 nm
IN-D1 0.5 dB spectral DWDM nm 0.22

width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.2

isolation
CWDM dB < 1.2
A1-OUT 0.5 dB spectral DWDM nm 0.22

width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.2
SI-OUT Insertion loss DWDM dB < 1.0
CWDM dB < 1.2
CWDM dB < 1.2
Isolation dB > 13

Transport Platform
Corresp Item Unit Value

onding
interface
s
CWDM dB < 1.2
Isolation dB > 15

In DWDM and CWDM systems, the MR1S supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The
l A1 = D1
l SI = SO = 1310 nm
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.55 kg (1.21 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
25 MR2
About This Chapter
MR2: Double channel optical add/drop multiplexing board

25.2 Application
The MR2 board mainly serves to add/drop two channels of wavelength signals to/from the
25.5 Front Panel
25.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

Version
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
25.2 Application
The MR2 board mainly serves to add/drop two channels of wavelength signals to/from the
OTU OTU OTU OTU
MR2 MR2

Transport Platform
NOTE
at the same time.

Functions and
Basic Function Adds/drops and multiplexes two channels of signal from the

specifications


D1 D2 MO MI A1 A2
IN Drop Add OUT
OADM module

Transport Platform
Signal Flow
optical interface. The drop optical module drops two wavelengths from the multiplexed signals
through the D1 and D2 optical interfaces. The dropped signals are output through the MO optical
interface.
interface. The add module multiplexes the signals with the two wavelengths added through the
A1 and A2 optical interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the OUT optical
interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of two wavelengths in a direction.
local station.
25.5 Front Panel



MR2
IN OUT A1 D1 A2 D2 MI MO
1471 1491
Indicators
Interfaces
There are eight optical interfaces on the front panel of the MR2 board, Table 25-3 lists the type

Transport Platform

Optical Interface
A1/A2 LC Receive the optical signals from the OTU or integrated client-
side equipment, thus adding one channel respectively.
D1/D2 LC Transmit optical signals to the OTU or integrated client-side

equipment, thus dropping one channel respectively.
MI/MO LC Cascade input/output interfaces; used to concatenate other

OADM boards, realize the adding/dropping of others channel
in the multiplexed signal.
NOTE
interface.
25.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.


Transport Platform


IN/OUT 3
A1/D1 1
A2/D2 2
MO/MI 4
NOTE


ding
interfaces

frequency/
range

channel
spacing CWDM nm 20
IN-D1 0.5 dB DWDM nm 0.22

IN-D2 spectral width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss

Transport Platform

ding
interfaces
CWDM dB < 1.5

isolation
A1-OUT 0.5 dB DWDM nm 0.22

A2-OUT spectral width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.5
CWDM dB < 1.0
Isolation dB > 13
CWDM dB < 1.0
Isolation dB > 15

In DWDM and CWDM systems, the MR2 supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The
A1 = D1 < A2 = D2
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.55 kg (1.21 lb.)
Power Consumption


Transport Platform
26 MR2S
About This Chapter
MR2S: Double channel optical add/drop multiplexing board with OSC

26.2 Application
The MR2S board mainly serves to add/drop two channels of wavelength signals to/from the
26.5 Front Panel
26.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

Version

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
26.2 Application
The MR2S board mainly serves to add/drop two channels of wavelength signals to/from the
Figure 26-1 MR2S board application in a WDM system

OTU OTU OTU OTU
MR2S MR2S
OSC OSC

Transport Platform
NOTE
at the same time.


Functions and
Basic Function Adds/drops and multiplexes two channels of signals from the
reverse process.


D1 D2 SO MO MI SI A1 A2
IN Drop Add OUT
OADM module

Transport Platform
Signal Flow
optical interface. The drop optical module drops two wavelengths from the multiplexed signals
through the D1 and D2 optical interface, and then drops one channel of OSC signal throgh the
SO optical interface. The dropped signals are output through the MO optical interface.
interface, and then multiplexes the signals with the two wavelengths added through the A1 and
A2 optical interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the OUT optical
interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of two wavelengths in a direction, and multiplex
the signals in the main optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory channel
into one signal, and completes the reverse process.
local station.
26.5 Front Panel



MR2S
IN OUT A1 D1 A2 D2 SI SO MI MO
1471 1491 1310
Indicators
Interfaces
There are 10 optical interfaces on the front panel of the MR2S board, Table 26-3 lists the type

Transport Platform
Optical Interface
A1/A2 LC Receive the optical signals from the OTU or integrated client-
side equipment, thus adding one channel respectively.
D1/D2 LC Transmit optical signals to the OTU or integrated client-side

equipment, thus dropping one channel respectively.
MI/MO LC Cascade input/output interfaces; used to concatenate other

OADM boards, realize the adding/dropping of others channel
in the multiplexed signal.
NOTE
interface.
26.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.

Transport Platform


Table 26-4 Display of the MR2S optical interfaces

IN/OUT 3
A1/D1 1
A2/D2 2
SI/SO 5
MI/MO 4
NOTE

Item Unit Value

frequency/
range

channel
spacing CWDM nm 20

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value

of 1310 nm

IN-D2 width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.5

isolation
CWDM dB < 1.5

A2-OUT width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.5
SI-OUT Insertion loss DWDM dB < 1.0
CWDM dB < 1.5
CWDM dB < 1.5
Isolation dB > 13
CWDM dB < 1.5
Isolation dB > 15

In DWDM and CWDM systems, the MR2S supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The
l A1 = D1 < A2 = D2
l SI = SO = 1310 nm

Transport Platform
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.57 kg (1.26 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
27 MR4
About This Chapter
MR4: Four channel optical add/drop multiplexing board

27.2 Application
The MR4 board mainly serves to add/drop four channels of wavelength signals to/from the
The main functions and features supported by the MR4 are adding/dropping and multiplexing.
27.5 Front Panel
27.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

Version

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
27.2 Application
The MR4 board mainly serves to add/drop four channels of wavelength signals to/from the

4 4
OTU OTU OTU OTU
MR4 MR4
NOTE
at the same time.

Transport Platform


Basic Function Adds/drops and multiplexes four channels of signal from the
Provides the optical interface to concatenate other OADM
boards.


D1 D2 D3 D4 MO MI A1 A2 A3 A4
IN Drop Add OUT
OADM module
Signal Flow
optical interface. The drop optical module drops four wavelengths from the multiplexed signals

Transport Platform
through the D1, D2, D3 and D4 optical interfaces. The dropped signals are output through the
MO optical interface.
interface. The add module multiplexes the signals with the one wavelength added through the
A1, A2, A3 and A4 optical interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the
OUT optical interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of four wavelengths.
local station.
27.5 Front Panel



MR4
IN OUT A1 D1 A2 D2 A3 D3 A4 D4 MI MO
1471 1491 1511 1531
Indicators
Interfaces
There are 12 optical interfaces on the front panel of the MR4 board, Table 27-3 lists the type
Interface
Optical Interface Type Function

Transport Platform
Interface
A1 to A4 LC Receive the optical signals from the OTU or

D1 to D4 LC Transmit optical signals to the OTU or integrated

client-side equipment, thus dropping one channel
respectively.
MI/MO LC Cascade input/output interfaces; used to concatenate

other OADM boards, realize the adding/dropping of
others channel in the multiplexed signal.
NOTE
interface.
27.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.


Transport Platform


IN/OUT 5
A1/D1 1
A2/D2 2
A3/D3 3
A4/D4 4
MI/MO 6
NOTE


ding
interfaces

frequency/
range

channel spacing
CWDM nm 20

IN-D2 width
CWDM nm 13
IN-D3

Transport Platform

ding
interfaces
IN-D4 Drop channel DWDM dB < 2.0
insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.5

isolation

A2-OUT width
CWDM nm 13
A3-OUT
A4-OUT Add channel DWDM dB < 2.0
insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.5
CWDM dB < 1.5
Isolation dB > 13
CWDM dB < 1.5
Isolation dB > 15

In a DWDM system, the MR4 supports adding/dropping of four channels in the same band of
the same board. Table 27-6 shows the rules of wavelength distribution.
Table 27-6 Wavelength distribution rules of the MR4 in a DWDM system
Frequency (THz)
Band Group A1/D1 A2/D2 A3/D3 A4/D4
1 192.1 192.2 192.3 192.4
2 192.5 192.6 192.7 192.8
3 192.9 193.0 193.1 193.2
4 193.3 193.4 193.5 193.6
5 193.7 193.8 193.9 194.0
6 194.1 194.2 194.3 194.4

Transport Platform
Frequency (THz)
Band Group A1/D1 A2/D2 A3/D3 A4/D4
7 194.5 194.6 194.7 194.8
8 194.9 195.0 195.1 195.2
9 195.3 195.4 195.5 195.6
10 195.7 195.8 195.9 196.0
In a CWDM system, the MR4 supports adding/dropping of four channels in the same band of
Table 27-7 Wavelength distribution rules of the MR4 in a CWDM system

Wavelength (nm)
A1/D1 A2/D2 A3/D3 A4/D4
1471 1491 1511 1531
1551 1571 1591 1611
The wavelength that is accessed by each optical interface should comply with the following
rules:
A1 = D1 < A2 = D2 < A3 = D3 < A4 = D4
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.56 kg (1.23 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
28 MR4S
About This Chapter
MR4S: Four channel optical add/drop multiplexing board with OSC

28.2 Application
The MR4S board mainly serves to add/drop four channels of wavelength signals to/from the
28.5 Front Panel
28.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

Version

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
28.2 Application
The MR4S board mainly serves to add/drop four channels of wavelength signals to/from the
Figure 28-1 MR4S board application in a WDM system

4 4
OTU OTU OTU OTU
MR4S MR4S
OSC OSC

Transport Platform
NOTE
at the same time.


Functions and
Basic Function Adds/drops and multiplexes four channels of signals from the
reverse process.


D1 D2 D3 D4 SO MO MI SI A1 A2 A3 A4
IN Drop Add OUT
OADM module

Transport Platform
Signal Flow
optical interface. The drop optical module drops four wavelengths from the multiplexed signals
through the D1, D2, D3 and D4 optical interfaces, and then drops one channel of OSC signal
throgh the SO optical interface. The dropped signals are output through the MO optical interface.
interface, and then multiplexes the signals with the four wavelengths added through the A1, A2,
A3 and A4 optical interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the OUT optical
interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of four wavelengths, and multiplex the signals in
the main optical path and the signals in the 1310 nm supervisory channel into one signal,
local station.
28.5 Front Panel



MR4S
IN OUT A1 D1 A2 D2 A3 D3 A4 D4 SI SO MI MO
1471 1491 1511 1531 1310
Indicators
Interfaces
There are 14 optical interfaces on the front panel of the MR4S board, Table 28-3 lists the type

Transport Platform
Optical Interface

client-side equipment, thus adding one channel
respectively.


NOTE
interface.
28.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.

Transport Platform


Table 28-4 MR4S optical interfaces displayed on the T2000

IN/OUT 5
A1/D1 1
A2/D2 2
A3/D3 3
A4/D4 4
SI/SO 7
MI/MO 6
NOTE


nding
interfaces

range

Transport Platform

nding
interfaces
spacing

range of 1310 nm

IN-D2
Drop channel insertion dB < 1.5
IN-D3 loss
IN-D4
isolation

isolation
IN-SO Insertion loss dB < 2.0

A2-OUT
Add channel insertion dB < 1.5
A3-OUT loss
A4-OUT
SI-OUT Insertion loss dB < 2.0
IN-MO Insertion loss dB < 2.0
Isolation dB > 13
MI-OUT Insertion loss dB < 2.0
Isolation dB > 15

In a CWDM system, the MR4S supports adding/dropping of four channels in the same band of
Table 28-6 Wavelength distribution rules of the MR4S in a CWDM system

Wavelength (nm)
A1/D1 A2/D2 A3/D3 A4/D4
1471 1491 1511 1531
1551 1571 1591 1611

Transport Platform
rules:
l A1 = D1 < A2 = D2 < A3 = D3 < A4 = D4
l SI = SO = 1310 nm
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.58 kg (1.28 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
29 MR8
About This Chapter
MR8: Eight channel optical add/drop multiplexing board

29.2 Application
The MR8 board mainly serves to add/drop eight channels of wavelength signals to/from the
29.5 Front Panel
29.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

Version

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
29.2 Application
The MR8 board mainly serves to add/drop eight channels of wavelength signals to/from the
MR8 MR8
OTU OTU OTU OTU

8 8
NOTE
at the same time.

Transport Platform


Functions and
Basic Function Adds/drops and multiplexes eight channels of signals from the
WDM specifications Supports the DWDM specifications.


D1 to D8 MO MI A1 to A8
IN Drop Add OUT
OADM module
Backplane or CTL
SCC
Signal Flow

Transport Platform
through the D1 to D8 optical interfaces. The dropped signals are output through the MO optical
interface.
interface. The add module multiplexes the signals with the eight wavelengths added through the
A1 to A8 optical interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the OUT optical
interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of eight wavelengths.
local station.
29.5 Front Panel



MR8
IN OUT A1 D1 A2 D2 A3 D3 A4 D4 A5 D5 A6 D6 A7 D7 A8 D8 MI MO
1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928
Indicators
Interfaces
There are 20 optical interfaces on the front panel of the MR8 board, Table 29-3 lists the type
Interface

Transport Platform
Interface
A1 to A8 LC Receive the optical signals from the OTU or

D1 to D8 LC Transmit optical signals to the OTU or integrated

client-side equipment, thus dropping one channel
respectively.

NOTE
The number under the optical interface indicates one of the frequencies that is supported by the optical
interface.
29.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.


Transport Platform


IN/OUT 9
A1/D1 1
A2/D2 2
A3/D3 3
A4/D4 4
A5/D5 5
A6/D6 6
A7/D7 7
A8/D8 8
MI/MO 10
NOTE


ng interfaces
- Operating frequency THz 192.10 to 196.00

range
spacing

Transport Platform

ng interfaces
IN-D1 0.5 dB spectral width nm 0.22

IN-D2
IN-D3 loss
IN-D4
IN-D5
isolation
IN-D6
isolation
IN-D8
A1-OUT 0.5 dB spectral width nm 0.22

A2-OUT
A3-OUT loss
A4-OUT
A5-OUT
A6-OUT
A7-OUT
A8-OUT
IN-MO Insertion loss dB < 3.0
Isolation dB > 13
MI-OUT Insertion loss dB < 3.0
Isolation dB > 15

In a DWDM system, the MR8 supports adding/dropping of four channels in the same band of
Table 29-6 Wavelength distribution rules of the MR8 in a DWDM system
Frequency (THz)
Band
Group A1/D1 A2/D2 A3/D3 A4/D4 A5/D5 A6/D6 A7/D7 A8/D8
1 192.1 192.2 192.3 192.4 192.5 192.6 192.7 192.8
2 192.9 193.0 193.1 193.2 193.3 193.4 193.5 193.6
3 193.7 193.8 193.9 194.0 194.1 194.2 194.3 194.4
4 194.5 194.6 194.7 194.8 194.9 195.0 195.1 195.2
5 195.3 195.4 195.5 195.6 195.7 195.8 195.9 196.0

Transport Platform
rules:
A1 = D1 < A2 = D2 < A3 = D3 < A4 = D4< A5 = D5< A6 = D6< A7 = D7< A8 = D8
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.62 kg (1.37 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 30 OLP
30 OLP
About This Chapter
OLP: Optical Line Protection Board

The available hardware version for the OLP is TNF1.
30.2 Application
The OLP board achieves the optical line protection, the intra-board wavelength protection and
inter-subrack 1+1 optical channel protection.
The OLP unit consists of three parts: the optical module, the communication module, and the
power supply module.
30.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and interfaces on the OLP front panel.
30.6 Valid Slots
The OLP occupies one slot.
30.7 OLP Optical Interfaces
30.8 OLP Specifications

Transport Platform
30 OLP Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the OLP is TNF1.
Version
Table 30-1 describes the version mapping of the OLP board.
Table 30-1 Version description of the OLP
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
30.2 Application
For the application of the board in WDM systems, refer to Figure 30-1, Figure 30-2 and Figure
30-3.
Figure 30-1 Application of the OLP in WDM systems (optical line protection)
OTU OTU
OADM OADM
OTU OTU
Client service OLP OLP Client service
OTU OTU
OADM OADM
OTU OTU

Transport Platform
Figure 30-2 Application of the OLP in WDM systems (intra-board wavelength protection)
TO1
OADM OADM
RI1
OADM OADM
RO TI
OTU OLP TO2 OLP
TI RO OTU
OADM OADM
RI2
OADM OADM
Figure 30-3 Application of the OLP in WDM systems (inter-subrack 1+1 optical channel
protection)
1 1
OTU OTU
2 OADM OADM 2
OTU OTU
Client Client
OLP OLP service
service
1 1
OTU OTU
2 OADM OADM 2
OTU OTU
NOTE
at the same time.

Table 30-2 Functions and features of the OLP board

Functions and
Basic Function The OLP board achieves the optical line protection, the intra-board
wavelength protection and inter-subrack 1+1 optical channel protection.
Protection The protection mode is dual-fed and signal selection and single-end
schemes switching. When the performance of the working fiber declines, the system
will automatically switch the service from the working path to the
protection path.

Transport Platform

The OLP unit consists of three parts: the optical module, the communication module, and the
Figure 30-4 is the functional block diagram of the OLP unit.
Figure 30-4 Functional block diagram of the OLP unit
TI TO1
TO2
Optical switch
RO RI1
RI2
Optical power
detecting
module
Optical module
Required voltage
Power supply
module
Fuse
Backplane
DC power supply SCC
from a chassis
Signal Flow
The OLP unit realizes the dual-fed and selective receiving of one channel of signals.
The TI optical interface receives one channel of optical signal. After passing through the
splitter, the signals are output to the working and the protection fibers (channels) through
the TO1 and TO2 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The signals in the working and the protection fibers (channels) are input through the RI1
and RI2 optical interfaces, and enter the optical switch. The optical switch selects one from
the two channels of signals based on the optical power of the signals. In this way, the
selection of signals from the working and the protection channels is achieved. The selected
optical signals are output through the RO optical interface.

Transport Platform
The optical power detecting module detects the detection signals that are extracted from
the working and protection signals, and reports the detection results to the control and
communication module. The control and communication module compares the optical
power of the two channels of optical signals, and controls the operation of the optical switch
based on the optical power. In this way, the selection of signals from the working and the
protection channels is achieved.
Module Function
l Optical module
The optical module consists of a signal dual-fed part and a signal selection part.
The signal dual-fed part divides the one channel of optical signals into two channels of
the same power, and outputs them to the working and protection channels.
The signal selection part receives the optical signals from the working and protection
channels. The optical power detecting module detects and compares the optical power
of the two channels of optical signals. Based on the results, the signal selection part
selects one channel of optical signals and outputs it.
Converts the 3.3V power supply from the backplane to the required voltage of each
module on the board.
30.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and interfaces on the OLP front panel.

Figure 30-5 shows the front panel of the OLP.
Figure 30-5 Front panel of the OLP

STAT RI1
OLP
SRV RI2
TO1 RI1 TO2 RI2 RO TI
Indicators

l Working status of working path indicator (RI1)red, green

Transport Platform
l Working status of protection path indicator (RI2)red, green
Interfaces
There are six optical interfaces on the front panel of the OLP, Table 30-3 lists the type and
Table 30-3 Optical interfaces on the front panel of the OLP
Interface Connector type Description
RO LC Transmit signals after selected.
TI LC Receive signals to be protected.
TO1 LC Transmit working signals.
TO2 LC Transmit protection signals.
RI1 LC Receive working signals.
RI2 LC Receive protection signals.
30.6 Valid Slots

The OLP occupies one slot.

Display of Slots
30.7 OLP Optical Interfaces


OLP board front panel.

Transport Platform
Table 30-4 OLP optical interfaces displayed on the T2000

RI1/TO1 1
RI2/TO2 2
TI/RO 3
NOTE
30.8 OLP Specifications

Table 30-5 lists the optical specifications of the OLP.
Table 30-5 Optical interface specifications of the TNF1OLP

Corresponding
interfaces Item Unit Value
TI-TO1 Signal splitter insertion dB < 4.0

TI-TO2 loss
RI1-RO Signal selection insertion dB < 1.5

RI2-RO loss
Range of the input optical power dBm 7 - -35
Alarm threshold of optical power difference dB 3
Switching threshold of optical power difference dB 5
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.41 kg (0.90 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform


Transport Platform
Hardware Description 31 OPU
31 OPU
About This Chapter
OPU: optical preamplifier unit

The available hardware version of the OPU is TNF1.
31.2 Application
The OPU is mainly used to amplify C-band signals. The OPU is usually used in the receiving
direction.
The main functions and features supported by the OPU are optical signals amplifying, online
optical performance monitoring, gain lock function and alarms and performance events
monitoring.
The OPU unit consists of five parts: the EDFA optical module, the drive and detection module,
the communication module, and the power supply module.
31.5 Front Panel
There are indicators, interfaces and laser safety label on the OPU front panel.
31.6 Valid Slots
The OPU occupies one slot.
31.7 OPU Optical Interfaces
31.8 OPU Specifications
OPU board specifications include specifications of optical module on the client and WDM sides,
laser safety level, mechanical specifications and power consumption.

Transport Platform
31 OPU Hardware Description

The available hardware version of the OPU is TNF1.
Version
Table 31-1 describes the version mapping of the OPU board.
Table 31-1 Version description of the OPU

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Replacement -
Type
NA
31.2 Application
The OPU is mainly used to amplify C-band signals. The OPU is usually used in the receiving
direction.
For the application of the board in WDM system, see Figure 31-1.
Figure 31-1 Application of the OPU in WDM system
OTU OTU
Client OADM Client
OADM OPU OPU
service OTU service
OTU
OTU OTU Client

Client OADM OADM
OPU OPU
service OTU service
OTU

The main functions and features supported by the OPU are optical signals amplifying, online
optical performance monitoring, gain lock function and alarms and performance events
monitoring.

Transport Platform
Table 31-2 Functions and features of the OPU

Basic function Amplifies 40 channel optical signals with channel spacing

of 100 GHz at the same time, the wavelength range is 1529
nm to 1561 nm.
Amplifies 32 channel optical signals with channel spacing
of 100 GHz at the same time, the wavelength range is 1535.5
nm to 1561 nm.
Features small noise figure.
Nominal Gain The nominal gain is 20 dB.

NOTE
The nominal gain of the OPU board is 20 dB. Actual gain includes
the noise, and the value is bigger than that of nominal gain.
Gain lock function Adding or dropping one or more channels or optical signal
fluctuation does not affect the signal gain of other channels.
Transient control function When channels are added or dropped, the unit can suppress
the fluctuation of the optical power in the path so as to
achieve a smooth upgrade and expansion.
Online optical performance Provides an online monitoring port "MON", so that the
monitoring optical performance of optical signals can be checked online
through the optical spectrum analyzer.
Automatic shutdown of output When no light is received, the board automatically shuts
optical power down the transmission of lights on the EDFA module so that
relevant personnel can be protected.
Alarms and performance Monitors performance indexes, including

events monitoring l The input power and the output power of the board
l Pump cooling current
l Pump driving current
l The temperature of the pump laser and the board
WDM specifications Supports the DWDM specification only.

The OPU unit consists of five parts: the EDFA optical module, the drive and detection module,
the communication module, and the power supply module.
Figure 31-2 is the functional block diagram of the OPU unit.

Transport Platform
Figure 31-2 Functional block diagram of the OPU unit
EDFA optical module Splitter

IN OUT
MON
PIN Pumping Detecting for PIN

current temperature
Drive and detection module
Power supply module
Fuse Required voltage
Backplane
DC power supply SCC
from a subrack
Signal Flow
One multiplexed optical signal received through the IN interface is input to the erbium-doped
fiber amplifier (EDFA) optical module. The EDFA optical module amplifies the optical power
of the signal and locks the gain of the signal. Then, the amplified multiplexed signal is output
through the OUT interface.
Functional Modules
l EDFA optical module
Multiplexed signal light and pump light enter the erbium-doped fiber for amplification.
The erbium-doped fiber that is excited by the pump laser can amplify the optical signal
to realize the optical power amplification function.
The optical splitter splits some optical signals from the main optical path and provides
them to the MON interface for detection.
l Drive and detection module
Detects in real time the optical power of service signals.
Detects in real time the drive current, cooling current and operating temperature of the
pump laser inside the EDFA.
Drives the pump laser inside the EDFA optical module.
Reports alarms and performance events to the communication module.

Transport Platform
31.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, interfaces and laser safety label on the OPU front panel.

Figure 31-3 shows the front panel of the OPU board.
Figure 31-3 Front panel of the OPU board

STAT MON OUT IN IN
OPU
LASER
SRV RADIATION
DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY
WITH OPTICAL
INSTRUMENTS
CLASS 1M LASER
PRODUCT
Indicators

l Receive optical power status indicator (IN)red, green
Interfaces
There are three optical interfaces on the front panel of the OPU, Table 31-3 lists the type and
Table 31-3 Interfaces on the front panel of the OPU
Connector
IN LC Receive the signal to be amplified.
OUT LC Transmit the amplified signal.

Transport Platform
Connector
MON LC Achieves the in-service monitoring of optical

spectrum.
The MON port is a 1/99 tap of the total composite
signal at the OUT port (20dB lower than the actual
signal power).
31.6 Valid Slots

The OPU occupies one slot.

Display of Slots
31.7 OPU Optical Interfaces


OPU board front panel.
Table 31-4 Optical interfaces of the OPU on the T2000

Optical Interfaces on
the Front Panel Optical Interface Displayed on the T2000
IN 1
OUT 2
MON 4
NOTE

Transport Platform
Configuration Rule of Optical Interface

NA
31.8 OPU Specifications

OPU board specifications include specifications of optical module on the client and WDM sides,
laser safety level, mechanical specifications and power consumption.
Table 31-5 shows the details about the optical specifications of the OPU.
Table 31-5 OPU board specifications

Item Unit Value
Operating wavelength range nm 1529 to 1561 (40 wavelengths)

1535.5 to 1561 (32 wavelengths)
Total input power range dBm -32 to -3
Total output power range dBm -12 to 17
Typical input power of single wavelength dBm -19
Maximum output power of single dBm 1 (40 wavelengths)

wavelength 2 (32 wavelengths)
Noise figure dB 5.5
Channel gain dB 20
Gain flatness dB < 4.0 (40 wavelengths)

< 2.0 (32 wavelengths)
Laser Safety Level

The laser safety level of the optical interface is CLASS 1M (The maximum output optical power
of each optical interface ranges from 10 dBm (10 mW) to 22.15 dBm (164 mW)).
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.58 kg (1.28 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform


Transport Platform
Hardware Description 32 PIU
32 PIU
About This Chapter
PIU: power unit

The available hardware version for the PIUA is TNC1, the available hardware version for the
PIUB is TND1.
32.2 Application
The PIU provides -48 V DC power to the system.
The main function of the PIU board is to access the -48 V power supply.
NA
32.5 Front Panel
There are indicators and power interfaces on the PIU front panel.
32.6 Valid Slots
The PIU board occupies the dedicated PIU slot.
32.7 PIU Optical Interfaces
NA
32.8 PIU Specifications

Transport Platform
32 PIU Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the PIUA is TNC1, the available hardware version for the
PIUB is TND1.
Version
Table 32-1 describes the version mapping of the PIU board.
Table 32-1 Version description of the PIU
Item Description
PIUA Board hardware TNC1

version
PIUB Board hardware TND1

version
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
The system provides two types of the PIU, Table 32-2 lists the types of the PIU.
Table 32-2 Type description of the PIU
PIUA Used in OptiX OSN 1800 I, and provide two channels of power supply.
PIUB Used in OptiX OSN 1800 II, and provide one channel of power supply.
Replacement
NA
32.2 Application
The PIU provides -48 V DC power to the system.

The main function of the PIU board is to access the -48 V power supply.

Transport Platform
Table 32-3 Functions and features of the PIU
Functions and
Environment Monitors board temperature, and reports performance of temperature to

monitoring the SCC.
Lightning Receives status signals of the lightning protection circuit and reports
protection circuit alarms of lightning protection failure when the lightning protection
status monitoring circuit is faulty.

NA
32.5 Front Panel

There are indicators and power interfaces on the PIU front panel.

Figure 32-1 shows the front panel of the PIU.
Figure 32-1 Front panel of the PIU
PIU
- -
NEG1 RTN1 NEG2 RTN2
PWRB
-60V
RTN(+)
-48V
PWRA
NEG(-)
PWR
-48V -60V
PIUA PIUB

Transport Platform
32 PIU Hardware Description
Indicators
There are two indicators on the PIUA front panel.
l The first power supply status indicator (PWRA) - green
l The second power supply status indicator (PWRB) - green
There is one indicator on the PIUB front panel.

l The power supply status indicator (PWR) - green
Interfaces
There are four interfaces on the front panel of the PIUA, Table 32-4 lists the function of each
interface.
Table 32-4 Descriptions of the PIUA interfaces

Interface Description
NEG1 Access the negative pole of the first channel of power.
RTN1 Access the positive pole of the first channel of power.
NEG2 Access the negative pole of the second channel of power.
RTN2 Access the positive pole of the second channel of power.
There are two interfaces on the front panel of the PIUB, Table 32-5 lists the function of each
interface.
Table 32-5 Descriptions of the PIUB interfaces

Interface Description
NEG(-) Access the negative pole of the power.
RTN(+) Access the positive pole of the power.
32.6 Valid Slots

The PIU board occupies the dedicated PIU slot.

The PIU board occupies the SLOT 5 in the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis.
The PIU board occupies the SLOT 9 and SLOT 10 in the OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis.
Display of Slot on the NMS

The board occupies one slot.

Transport Platform
l When the board is installed in the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis, the slot number displayed
l When the board is installed in the OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis, the slot numbers displayed
on the T2000 and Web LCT, and in the command line are 09 and 10.
32.7 PIU Optical Interfaces

NA
32.8 PIU Specifications

The mechanical specifications of the PIUA board are as follows:
x 8.5 in.)
l Weight: 0.18 kg (0.40 lb.)
The mechanical specifications of the PIUB board are as follows:

x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.15 kg (0.33 lb.)
Power Consumption
The power consumption of the PIUA board is as follows:
The power consumption of the PIUB board is as follows:


Transport Platform
Hardware Description 33 SBM1
33 SBM1
About This Chapter
SBM1: Single Fiber Bidirectional Single Channel Optical Add/Drop Multiplexing

Configuration Board

The available hardware version for the SBM1 is TNF1.
33.2 Application
The SBM1 is mainly used to drop one channel of signal from the multiplexed signals and add
another channel into the multiplexed signals.
The main functions and features supported by the SBM1 is to drop one channel of signal from
the multiplexed signals and add another channel into the multiplexed signals.
The SBM1 consists of two parts: the OADM module and the communication module.
33.5 Front Panel
There are interfaces on the SBM1 front panel.
33.6 Valid Slots
The SBM1 occupies one slot.
33.7 SBM1 Optical Interfaces
33.8 SBM1 Specifications

Transport Platform
33 SBM1 Hardware Description

Version
Table 33-1 describes the version mapping of the SBM1 board.
Table 33-1 Version description of the SBM1

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
The system provides two types of the SBM1, Table 33-2 lists the types of the SBM1.
Table 33-2 Type description of the SBM1

Board Description
Name
SBM101 Used in CWDM system, the wavelength of optical interface A1 is longer than
the wavelength of optical interface D1.
SBM102 Used in CWDM system, the wavelength of optical interface A1 is shorter

than the wavelength of optical interface D1.
SBM103 Used in DWDM system, the frequency of optical interface A1 is lower than
the frequency of optical interface D1.
SBM104 Used in DWDM system, the frequency of optical interface A1 is higher than
the frequency of optical interface D1.
Replacement
NA
33.2 Application
The SBM1 is mainly used to drop one channel of signal from the multiplexed signals and add
another channel into the multiplexed signals.

Transport Platform
Figure 33-1 Application of the SBM1 in WDM system

Client Client
service service
OTU OTU
SBM1 SBM1
NOTE
at the same time.

The main functions and features supported by the SBM1 is to drop one channel of signal from
the multiplexed signals and add another channel into the multiplexed signals.
Table 33-3 Functions and features of the SBM1

Functions and
Basic function Drops one channel of signal from the multiplexed signals and adds
another channel into the multiplexed signals. The demultiplexed signals
and the multiplexed signals must be at different wavelengths.

specification

Figure 33-2 is the functional block diagram of the SBM1.

Transport Platform
Figure 33-2 Functional block diagram of the SBM1

D1 A1
EXT Drop Add LINE
OADM module
Backplane or CTL
SCC
Signal Flow
The board receives the multiplexed optical signals from the upstream station through the LINE
optical interface. The drop optical module drops one channel of single-wavelength signals from
the multiplexed signals through the D1 optical interface. The add module multiplexes the
passthrough signals with the one channel of single-wavelength signal added through the A1
optical interface. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the LINE optical interface.
The EXT interface is used as a cascade interface. It transmits the multiplexed signals to other
single-fiber bidirectional OADM boards to add/drop the other channels of the multiplexed
signals.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of one wavelength.
multiplexer units, so that the system can add/drop more wavelengths at the local station.
33.5 Front Panel


Figure 33-3, Figure 33-4, Figure 33-5 and Figure 33-6 show the front panel of the SBM1.

Transport Platform
Figure 33-3 Front panel of the SBM101
SBM1
Line Ext A1 D1
1491 1471

SBM1
Line Ext A1 D1
1471 1491

SBM1
Line Ext A1 D1
1934 1958

SBM1
Line Ext A1 D1
1958 1934
Indicators
The SBM1 board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are four optical interfaces on the front panel of the SBM1 board, Table 33-4 lists the type
Table 33-4 Types and functions of the SBM1 interfaces

Optical Interface
LINE LC Single fiber bidirectional interface, used to receive and

transmit the multiplexed signal.
A1 LC Receive the optical signals from the OTU or integrated

client-side equipment, thus adding one channel.

Transport Platform
Optical Interface

EXT LC Cascade input/output interfaces; used to concatenate other

OADM boards, realize the adding/dropping of other
channels in the multiplexed signal.
NOTE
The number under the optical interface on the SBM101 and SBM102 boards indicates one of the
wavelengths that are supported by the optical interface, and the number under the optical interface on the
SBM103 and SBM104 boards indicates one of the frequencies that are supported by the optical interface.
33.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.


SBM1 board front panel.

Transport Platform
Table 33-5 SBM1 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000
Optical Interface Displayed on the

Optical Interfaces on the Front Panel T2000
Line 3
Ext 4
A1 1
D1 2

Table 33-6 lists the optical specifications of the SBM1.
Table 33-6 TNF1SBM1 board specifications

ding
interfaces

frequency/
range

channel
spacing CWDM nm 20
LINE-D1 0.5 dB spectral DWDM nm 0.22

width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss
CWDM dB < 1.5

isolation
A1-LINE 0.5 dB spectral DWDM nm 0.22

width
CWDM nm 13

insertion loss

Transport Platform

ding
interfaces
CWDM dB < 1.5
LINE-EXT Insertion loss DWDM dB < 1.4
CWDM dB < 1.4

In DWDM and CWDM systems, the SBM1 supports adding/dropping of any wavelength.
l The wavelength that is accessed by each optical interface of SBM101 and SBM102 should
comply with the following rules:
SBM101: A1 > D1
SBM102: A1 < D1
l The frequency that is accessed by each optical interface of SBM103 and SBM104 should
SBM103: A1 < D1
SBM104: A1 > D1
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.52 kg (1.15 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
34 SBM2
About This Chapter
SBM2: Single fiber bidirectional double channel optical add/drop multiplexing configuration
board

The hardware version available for the SBM2 is TNF1.
34.2 Application
The SBM2 is mainly used to drop two channels of signal from the multiplexed signals and add
another two channels into the multiplexed signals.
The main functions and features supported by the SBM2 is to drop two channels of signal from
the multiplexed signals and add another two channels into the multiplexed signals.
34.5 Front Panel
34.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

The hardware version available for the SBM2 is TNF1.
Version
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
SBM201 Used in CWDM system, the wavelength of optical interfaces A1-A2

is longer than the corresponding wavelength of optical interfaces D1-
D2.
SBM202 Used in CWDM system, the wavelength of optical interfaces A1-A2

is shorter than the corresponding wavelength of optical interfaces D1-
D2.
SBM203 Used in DWDM system, the frequency of optical interfaces A1-A2 is

lower than the frequency of optical interfaces D1-D2.
SBM204 Used in DWDM system, the frequency of optical interfaces A1-A2 is

higherthan the frequency of optical interfaces D1-D2.
Replacement
NA
34.2 Application
The SBM2 is mainly used to drop two channels of signal from the multiplexed signals and add
another two channels into the multiplexed signals.

Transport Platform
OTU OTU OTU OTU
SBM2 SBM2
NOTE
at the same time.

The main functions and features supported by the SBM2 is to drop two channels of signal from
the multiplexed signals and add another two channels into the multiplexed signals.

Functions and
Basic function Drops two channels of signals from the multiplexed signals and adds
another two channels into the multiplexed signals. The demultiplexed
signals and the multiplexed signals must be at different wavelengths.

specification


Transport Platform

D1 D2 A1 A2
EXT Drop Add LINE
OADM module
Backplane or CTL
SCC
Signal Flow
optical interface. The drop optical module drops two channels of single-wavelength signals from
the multiplexed signals through the D1 and D2 optical interfaces. The add module multiplexes
the passthrough signals with the two channels of single-wavelength signal added through the
A1 and A2 optical interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the LINE optical
interface.
signals.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of two wavelengths.
34.5 Front Panel


Figure 34-3, Figure 34-4, Figure 34-5 and Figure 34-6 show the front panel of the SBM2.

Transport Platform
SBM2
Line Ext A1 D1 A2 D2
1491 1471 1531 1511

SBM2
1471 1491 1511 1531

SBM2
1929 1953 1930 1954

SBM2
1953 1929 1954 1930
Indicators
Interfaces
There are six optical interfaces on the front panel of the SBM2 board, Table 34-4 lists the type
Optical Interface


Transport Platform
Optical Interface
A1/A2 LC Receive the optical signals from the OTU or integrated

respectively.
D1/D2 LC Transmit optical signals to the OTU or integrated client-

EXT LC Cascade input/output interfaces; used to concatenate

other OADM boards, realize the adding/dropping of other
NOTE
The number under the optical interface on the SBM201 and SBM202 boards indicates one of the
wavelengths that are supported by the optical interface, and the number under the optical interface on the
SBM203 and SBM204 boards indicates one of the frequencies that are supported by the optical interface.
34.6 Valid Slots


Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.


Transport Platform


Line 5
Ext 6
A1 1
D1 2
A2 3
D2 4


ng interfaces

frequency/
range

channel
spacing CWDM nm 20

LINE-D2 width
CWDM nm 13
Drop channel DWDM dB <2.5

insertion loss
CWDM dB <2.5
AdIjacent channel isolation dB >30

Transport Platform

ng interfaces
Non-adjacent channel dB >40

isolation

A2-LINE width
CWDM nm 13
Add channel DWDM dB <2.5

insertion loss
CWDM dB <2.5
LINE-EXT Insertion loss DWDM dB <2.0
CWDM dB <2.0
- Optical return loss dB >40

l The wavelength that is accessed by each optical interface of SBM201 and SBM202 should
SBM201: D1 < A1 < D2 < A2
SBM202: A1 < D1 < A2 < D2
SBM203: A1 < A2 < D1 < D2
SBM204: D1 < D2 < A1 < A2
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.54 kg (1.19 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
35 SBM4
About This Chapter
SBM4: Single fiber bidirectional four channel optical add/drop multiplexing configuration board

35.2 Application
The SBM4 is mainly used to drop four channels of signal from the multiplexed signals and add
another four channels into the multiplexed signals.
The main functions and features supported by the SBM4 is to drop four channels of signal from
the multiplexed signals and add another four channels into the multiplexed signals.
35.5 Front Panel
35.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

Version

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type

SBM401 The wavelength of optical interfaces A1-A4 is longer than

the corresponding wavelength of optical interfaces D1-
D4.
SBM402 The wavelength of optical interfaces A1-A4 is shorter than

the corresponding wavelength of optical interfaces D1-
D4.
Replacement
NA
35.2 Application
The SBM4 is mainly used to drop four channels of signal from the multiplexed signals and add
another four channels into the multiplexed signals.

Transport Platform
OTU OTU OTU OTU
SBM4 SBM4
OTU OTU OTU OTU
NOTE
at the same time.

The main functions and features supported by the SBM4 is to drop four channels of signal from
the multiplexed signals and add another four channels into the multiplexed signals.

Functions and
Basic function Drops four channels of signals from the multiplexed signals and adds
another four channels into the multiplexed signals. The demultiplexed
signals and the multiplexed signals must be at different wavelengths.
WDM Supports the CWDM specifications.

specification


Transport Platform

D1 D2 D3 D4 A1 A2 A3 A4
EXT Drop Add LINE
OADM module
Backplane or CTL
SCC
Signal Flow
optical interface. The drop optical module drops four channels of single-wavelength signals from
the multiplexed signals through the D1, D2, D3 and D4 optical interfaces. The add module
multiplexes the passthrough signals with the four channels of single-wavelength signals added
through the A1, A2, A3 and A4 optical interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output
through the LINE optical interface.
signals.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of four wavelength.
35.5 Front Panel


Figure 35-3 and Figure 35-4 show the front panel of the SBM4.

Transport Platform
SBM4
Line Ext A1 D1 A2 D2 A3 D3 A4 D4
1491 1471 1531 1511 1571 1551 1611 1591

SBM4
Line Ext A1 D1 A2 D2 A3 D3 A4 D4
1471 1491 1511 1531 1551 1571 1591 1611
Indicators
Interfaces
There are 10 optical interfaces on the front panel of the SBM4 board, Table 35-4 lists the type

Optical Interface


respectively.

Ext LC Cascade input/output interfaces; used to concatenate

other OADM boards, realize the adding/dropping of other
NOTE
The number under the optical interface indicates the wavelength that supported by the optical interface.
35.6 Valid Slots


Transport Platform

Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.



Line 9
Ext 10
A1 1
D1 2
A2 3
D2 4
A3 5
D3 6

Transport Platform

A4 7
D4 8


Correspondin Item Unit Value
g interfaces
- Operating nm 1471 to 1611

wavelength range
spacing
LINE-D1 0.5 dB spectral nm 13

LINE-D2 width
LINE-D3 Drop channel dB < 4.6
LINE-D4 insertion loss

isolation
Non-adjacent dB > 40
channel isolation
A1-LINE 0.5 dB spectral nm 13

A2-LINE width
A3-LINE Add channel dB < 4.6
A4-LINE insertion loss
LINE-EXT Insertion loss dB < 4.4

In CWDM systems, the SBM4 supports adding/dropping of any wavelength. The wavelength

Transport Platform
l SBM401: D1 < A1 < D2 < A2 < D3 < A3 < D4 < A4

l SBM402: A1 < D1 < A2 < D2 < A3 < D3 < A4 < D4
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.58 kg (1.28 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
36 SBM8
About This Chapter
SBM8: Single fiber bidirectional eight channel optical add/drop multiplexing configuration
board

36.2 Application
The SBM8 is mainly used to drop eight channels of signal from the multiplexed signals and add
eight channels into the multiplexed signals.
The main functions and features supported by the SBM8 is to drop eight channels of signal from
the multiplexed signals and add eight channels into the multiplexed signals.
36.5 Front Panel
36.6 Valid Slots

Transport Platform

Version
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
The system provides three types of the SBM8, Table 36-2 lists the types of the SBM8.
SBM801 Used in the CWDM system. The wavelength of optical interface

A is equal to the corresponding wavelength of optical interface
D.
SBM803 Used in the DWDM system. The frequency of optical interface

A is lower than the frequency of optical interface D.
SBM804 Used in the DWDM system. The frequency of optical interface

A is higher than the frequency of optical interface D.
Replacement
NA
36.2 Application
The SBM8 is mainly used to drop eight channels of signal from the multiplexed signals and add
Figure 36-1 shows the SBM8 board application in a WDM system.

Transport Platform
Figure 36-1 SBM8 board application in a WDM system
Client service
8
OTU OTU
SBM8
NOTE
at the same time.

The main functions and features supported by the SBM8 is to drop eight channels of signal from
the multiplexed signals and add eight channels into the multiplexed signals.

Function and
Feature Description
Basic Function Drops eight channels of signals from the multiplexed signals and adds

specifications


Transport Platform

D1 to D8 A1 to A8
LINE Drop Add
OADM module
Backplane or CTL
SCC
Signal Flow
optical interface. The drop optical module drops eight channels of single-wavelength signals
from the multiplexed signals through the D1 to D8 optical interfaces. The add module
multiplexes the passthrough signals with the eight channels of single-wavelength signals added
through the A1 to A8 optical interfaces. The multiplexed optical signals are output through the
LINE optical interface.
Module Function
l Optical module
Performs the add/drop multiplexing of eight wavelength.
36.5 Front Panel


Figure 36-3, Figure 36-4 and Figure 36-5 show the front panel of the SBM8.

SBM8
LINE A1 D1 A2 D2 A3 D3 A4 D4 A5 D5 A6 D6 A7 D7 A8 D8
1471 1491 1511 1531 1551 1571 1591 1611

Transport Platform
SBM8
1929 1953 1930 1954 19311955 1932 1956 1933 1957 1934 1958 1935 1959 1936 1960

SBM8
1953 1929 1954 1930 19551931 1956 1932 1957 1933 1958 1934 1959 1935 1960 1936
Indicators
Interfaces
There are 17 optical interfaces on the front panel of the SBM8 board, Table 36-4 lists the type

Optical Interface


respectively.

NOTE
The number under the optical interface on the SBM801 board indicates one of the wavelengths that are
supported by the optical interface, and the number under the optical interface on the SBM803 and SBM804
boards indicates one of the frequencies that are supported by the optical interface.
36.6 Valid Slots


Transport Platform

Display of Slots
from 7 to 10.



A1 1
D1 2
A2 3
D2 4
A3 5
D3 6
A4 7
D4 8

Transport Platform

A5 9
D5 10
A6 11
D6 12
A7 13
D7 14
A8 15
D8 16
LINE 17


g interfaces

frequency/ 195.30 to 196.00
wavelength range
CWDM nm 1471 to 1611
- Adjacent channel DWDM GHz 100

spacing
CWDM nm 20

LINE-D2 width
CWDM nm 13.0
LINE-D3
LINE-D4 Drop channel DWDM dB < 4.1
insertion loss
LINE-D5 CWDM dB < 3.2
LINE-D6
LINE-D7
LINE-D8 Non-adjacent channel isolation dB > 40

Transport Platform

g interfaces

A2-LINE width
CWDM nm 13.0
A3-LINE
A4-LINE Add channel DWDM dB < 4.3
insertion loss
A5-LINE CWDM dB < 3.2
A6-LINE
A7-LINE
A8-LINE

l The wavelength that is accessed by each optical interface of SBM801 should comply with
the following rules:
A1 = D1 < A2 = D2 < A3 = D3 < A4 = D4 < A5 = D5 < A6 = D6 < A7 = D7 < A8 =
D8
SBM803: A1 < A2 < A3 < A4 < A5 < A6 < A7 < A8 < D1 < D2 < D3 < D4 < D5 < D6
< D7 < D8
SBM804: D1 < D2 < D3 < D4 < D5 < D6 < D7 < D8 < A1 < A2 < A3 < A4 < A5 < A6
< A7 < A8
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description 37 SCC
37 SCC
About This Chapter
SCC: System Control & Communication Board with OSC

The available hardware version for the SCC is TNF1.
37.2 Application
The SCC works with the NM to manages the boards and transmits various maintenance and
management message.
The main functions and features by the SCC are to manages the boards and transmits various
maintenance and management message.
The SCC unit consists of parts: the control and processing module, the overhead processing
module, the monitoring module, the clock module, the management module, the swap module
and the power supply module.
37.5 Front Panel
There are indicators, switches, and interfaces on the SCC front panel.
37.6 Valid Slots
The SCC occupies one slot.
37.7 SCC Optical Interfaces
37.8 SCC Specifications
power consumption.

Transport Platform
37 SCC Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the SCC is TNF1.
Version
Table 37-1 describes the version mapping of the SCC board.
Table 37-1 Version description of the SCC

Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
37.2 Application
The SCC works with the NM to manages the boards and transmits various maintenance and
management message.

The main functions and features by the SCC are to manages the boards and transmits various
maintenance and management message.

Transport Platform
Table 37-2 Functions and features of the SCC

Functions and
Basic function Manages the equipment and enables the communication between
equipment. It provides the interface for the system to communicate
with the network management system.
Processes the related overheads.
Works with the network management system to manage the boards in
the equipment and enables the communication between equipment.
Processes two optical supervisory channels, and receives and transmits
the OSC signals.
DCC Supports data communication channel (DCC) communication with the

communication NEs for network management.
L2 switch Achieve IP communication between the subrack.
NOTE
Before replacing the SCC, back up the configuration to the NE database. After the new SCC is installed,
issue the configuration to the SCC through the NMS. Replacement of the SCC does not interrupt the
services.

The SCC unit consists of parts: the control and processing module, the overhead processing
module, the monitoring module, the clock module, the management module, the swap module
and the power supply module.
Figure 37-1 shows the principle block diagram of the SCC.

Transport Platform
Figure 37-1 Principle block diagram of the SCC

RM1 RM2 TM1 TM2
O/E E/O
Swap module Clock module
Control and processing module
Overhead
Management Monitoring
processing
module module
module
Power supply Power for the

module local board
Fuse
Backplane
Other boards
Power for the Power for the OADM
DC power supply
FAN board extended frame
from a chassis
Signal Flow
NA
Module Function
l Control and processing module
Controls, monitors, and manages each functional module of the unit.
l Swap module
It is an Ethernet layer 2 switching chip and realizes the switchover of internal data of the
board.
l Overhead processing module
Receives the overhead signals from service units and processes the overhead signals.
Sends the processed overhead signals to service units.
l Monitoring module
Provides the east optical supervisory channel and west optical supervisory channel. The
module obtains information about the working status of each board through the serial
management bus and then report the information to the NMS.
l Clock module

Transport Platform
Provides a clock source for the system.

l Management module
Communicates with each board and reports the data of the boards to the NMS.
Converts the DC power into the power required by each module of the board.
NOTE
SCC board supports the backup power.
37.5 Front Panel

There are indicators, switches, and interfaces on the SCC front panel.

Figure 37-2 shows the front panel of the SCC.
Figure 37-2 Front panel of the SCC

STAT PWR TM1 RM1 TM2 RM2 CRIT
SCC
PROG RM1 MAJ

SRV RM2 MIN
RST LAMP POWER ETH1 ETH2&OAM OCTL SW
Indicators
There are nine indicators on the front panel.
l Working status indicator (STAT)red, green

l Software working status indicator (PROG)red, green
l System power-on status indicator (PWR)green
l Optical supervisory channel module working status indicator (RM1/RM2)red, green
l Critical alarm indicator (CRIT)red
l Major alarm indicator (MAJ)orange
l Minor alarm indicator (MIN)yellow
For details about the indicators, refer to A Indicators.
Switches and Interfaces

There are three switches, four optical interfaces and four electric interfaces on the front panel
of the SCC board, Table 37-3 and Table 37-4 list the type and function of each interface.

Transport Platform
Table 37-3 Types and functions of the SCC interfaces and switches
Switches and
Interfaces Description
RST Reset button, which is used to perform a warm reset on the board.
LAMP Lamp button, which is used to test the lamps on this board.
ETH1 Network management interface
ETH2&OAM Operation, administration, and maintenance interface, used for

commissioning and management of the equipment.
OCTL Used to connect to the CTL board in the OADM extended frame to enable
the communication between the equipment and the OADM extended
frame. In this way, the T2000 is able to monitor and manage the boards
on the OADM extended frame.
SW Alarm input/output interface.
TM1/TM2 Transmits the OSC signal.
RM1/RM2 Receives the OSC signal.
Table 37-4 Descriptions of the pins of SW interface
Pins Description
1 The first channel of alarm input.
2 BGND
3 The second channel of alarm input.
4 The third channel of alarm input.
5 BGND
6 BGND
7 The positive pole of alarm output.
8 The negative pole of alarm output.
37.6 Valid Slots

The SCC occupies one slot.

l In the OptiX OSN 1800 I chassis using the wind cooling mode, the valid slot of the board
is SLOT2.

Transport Platform
l In the OptiX OSN 1800 II chassis, the valid slot of the board is SLOT8.
Display of Slots
37.7 SCC Optical Interfaces


SCC board front panel.
Table 37-5 SCC optical interfaces displayed on the T2000

TM1/RM1 1
TM2/RM2 2
NOTE
37.8 SCC Specifications

power consumption.
Table 37-6 lists the optical specifications of the SCC.
Table 37-6 SCC board specifications
Item Unit Value
Signal rate Mbit/s 125
Operating wavelength range nm 1310

of OSC
Signal coding - NRZ
Launched optical power dBm -5 - 0

Transport Platform
Item Unit Value
Minimum overload dBm -10
Laser Safety Level

in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.55 kg (1.21 lb.)
Power Consumption
The power consumption of the SCC01 board is as follows:
The power consumption of the SCC02 board is as follows:


Transport Platform
Hardware Description 38 SCS
38 SCS
About This Chapter
SCS: Sync optical channel separator board

The available hardware version for the SCS is TNF1.
38.2 Application
The SCS board provides 1+1 wavelength protection at client.
The SCS board provides the client 1+1 protection.
The SCS unit consists of three parts: the optical module, the communication module, and the
38.5 Front Panel
There are interfaces on the SCS front panel.
38.6 Valid Slots
The SCS occupies one slot.
38.7 SCS Optical Interfaces
38.8 SCS Specifications

Transport Platform
38 SCS Hardware Description

The available hardware version for the SCS is TNF1.
Version
Table 38-1 describes the version mapping of the SCS board.
Table 38-1 Version description of the SCS
Item Description
Similarity -
Difference -
Type
NA
Replacement
NA
38.2 Application
The SCS board provides 1+1 wavelength protection at client.
Figure 38-1 shows the SCS board application in the WDM system.
Figure 38-1 SCS board application in the WDM system
1 1 1
1 OTU OTU
OADM OADM 2
2 OTU 2 OTU 2
Client Client
service SCS SCS service
1 1 1 1
OTU OTU
2 OADM OADM 2
2 OTU OTU 2
NOTE
at the same time.

Transport Platform

The SCS board provides the client 1+1 protection.
Table 38-2 Functions and features of the SCS
Functions and
Basic function The SCS board provides the client 1+1 protection. When the
performance of the working fiber degrades, the signals switch
automatically to the protection channel.
Protection schemes The channel protection that is supported by the SCS board does
not require any protocol. The SCS board triggers a channel
protection switching after the SD or SF event is detected in the
channel.

The SCS unit consists of three parts: the optical module, the communication module, and the
Figure 38-2 is the functional block diagram of the SCS unit.
Figure 38-2 Functional block diagram of the SCS unit
Optical module
TO11
TI1 Optical splitter
TO12
TO21
TI2 Optical splitter
TO22
RI11
RO1 Optical coupler
RI12
RI21
RO2 Optical coupler
RI22

Transport Platform
Signal Flow
One SCS unit supports the dual-fed and dual receiving of two channels of optical signals. The
SCS unit processes the two channels of optical signals in the same way. This section describes
the service flow of only one channel of optical signals.
The TI1 optical interface receives one channel of optical signals. After passing through the
splitter, the signals are output to the working and the protection channels through the TO11
and TO12 optical interfaces.
l Receive direction
The signals in the working and the protection channels are input through the RI1 and RI2
optical interfaces, and enter the coupler. The system activates one of the two channels of
optical signals based on the service quality. In this way, the selection of path optical signals
is achieved. The selected optical signals are output through the RO1 optical interface.
Normally, the working OTU at the receive end is active, and the protection OTU is standby.
Once a fault occurs in the services, an alarm trigger a protection switching. The system
shuts down the working OTU, and activates the protection OTU.
Module Function
l Optical module
The optical module consists of splitters and couplers.
The splitter divides the one channel of optical signals into two channels of the same
power, and outputs them to the working and protection channels.
The coupler receives the signals in the working and the protection channels. The system
selects one channel of optical signals based on the service quality.
Converts the DC power into the power required by each module of the board.
38.5 Front Panel

There are interfaces on the SCS front panel.

Figure 38-3 shows the front panel of the SCS.
Figure 38-3 Front panel of the SCS

SCS
TI1 TI2 TO11 TO12 TO21 TO22 RO1 RO2 RI11 RI12 RI21 RI22

Transport Platform
Indicators
The SCS board does not have indicators.
Interfaces
There are 12 optical interfaces on the front panel of the SCS board, Table 38-3 lists the type and
Table 38-3 Types and functions of the SCS interfaces
Optical Interface
TI1 LC Transmit the first channel of optical signals.
RO1 LC Receive the first channel of optical signals.
TI2 LC Transmit the second channel of optical signals.
RO2 LC Receive the second channel of optical signals.
TO11/TO12 LC Transmit the first channel of signals to working and

protection OTUs respectively.
TO21/TO22 LC Transmit the second channel of signals to working and

RI11/RI12 LC Receive the first channel of signals from working and

RI21/RI22 LC Receive the second channel of signals from working and

38.6 Valid Slots

The SCS occupies one slot.

Display of Slots

Transport Platform

from 7 to 10.
38.7 SCS Optical Interfaces


SCS board front panel.
Table 38-4 SCS optical interfaces displayed on the T2000

TI1/RO1 1
TI2/RO2 2
RI11/TO11 3
RI12/TO12 4
RI21/TO21 5
RI22/TO22 6
NOTE
38.8 SCS Specifications

Table 38-5 list the optical specifications of the SCS.

Transport Platform
Table 38-5 Optical interface parameter specifications of the SCS board specifications
Item Unit Value
Single-mode insertion loss dB <4
Multimode insertion loss dB < 4.5
in. x 8.2 in.)
l Weight: 0.7 kg (1.54 lb.)
Power Consumption

Transport Platform
Hardware Description A Indicators
A Indicators
Indicators are located on boards.
FAN Board Indicator

There is one indicator on the front panel of the FAN board, the descriptions of the indicator are
shown in Table A-1.
Table A-1 Descriptions of the indicator on FAN board

Indicator Indicator Status Description
FAN On (green) The board works normally.
On (red) The FAN_FAIL alarm occurs to the board.
Off The board is not powered on.
LSPR Board Indicator

There are two indicators on the front panel of the LSPR board, the descriptions of the indicators
are shown in Table A-2.
Table A-2 Descriptions of the indicators on LSPR board

RX1 On (red) There are R_LOS or R_LOF alarms on the OLT-side.
On (green) There are no R_LOS or R_LOF alarms on the OLT-side.
RX2 On (red) All ONUs are offline.
On (green) Certain ONUs are online.
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential A-1

Transport Platform
A Indicators Hardware Description
OLP Board Indicator

There are two indicators on the front panel of the OLP board, the descriptions of the indicators
Table A-3 Descriptions of the indicators on OLP board
RI1 On (red) There is no optical power received in the working path.
On (green) Normal
RI2 On (red) There is no optical power received in the protection path.
On (green) Normal
SCC Board Indicators

There are nine indicators on the front panel of the SCC board, the descriptions of each indicator
Table A-4 Indicators description of the SCC board
STAT On (green) The board works normally.
On (red) Critical or major alarm occurs to service.
Off The board does not work. The board is not created
or powered on.
PROG On (red) The memory self-check fails (when the board is

powered on or reset).
The loading of the upper-layer software fails
(when the board is powered on or reset).
The logic file is lost.
The upper-layer software is lost.
Flashing (red, 100 ms on The BOOTROM self-check fails (when the board
and 100 ms off) is powered on or reset).
Flashing (green, 100 ms The board is writing the FLASH or the software
on and 100 ms off) is being loaded (when the board is powered on or
reset).
Flashing (green, 300 ms The board is at BIOS booting stage (when the
on and 300 ms off) board is powered on or reset).
On (green) The software works normally.
SRV On (green) The services are normal and there is no service

alarm.
A-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
Hardware Description A Indicators
On (orange) Minor alarm occurs to service.
Off No service is configured or the board is not

powered on.
PWR On (green) The system is powered on.
Off The system is not powered on.
RM1/RM2 On (red) The optical power of local station is very low.
Flashing (red) The optical power of local station is very high.
On (orange) The optical power of opposite station is very low.
Flashing (orange) The optical power of opposite station is very high.
On (green) Normal
Off The module is offline or the board is not powered

on.
CRIT On (red) Critical alarm occurs to service.
MAJ On (orange) Major alarm occurs to service.
MIN On (yellow) Minor alarm occurs to service.
Other Boards Indicators

Table A-5 lists the descriptions of the indicators on other boards.
Table A-5 Descriptions of the indicators on other boards

STAT On (green) The board works normally.
Flashing (red) The board on the T2000 does not match the board on
the NE.
Off The board is not powered on.
SRV On (green) The services are normal and there is no alarm.
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential A-3

Transport Platform
A Indicators Hardware Description
Off No service is configured or the board is not powered

on.
IN/IN1/IN2/ On (red) The optical power of local station is excessively low

IN3/IN4/ or no receive optical power.
RX
Flashing (red) The optical power of local station is excessively high.
On (green) Normal
Off The module is offline or the board is not powered on.
A-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
Hardware Description B Loopback
B Loopback
The OTU boards support different loopbacks.

Table B-1 lists the loopback supported by OTUs.
Table B-1 Loopback supported by OTUs

WDM Side WDM Side Client-Side Client-Side
Board Inloop Outloop Inloop Outloop
LDGF
LDGF2
LOE
LOEU
LQG
LQM
LQM2
LSX
LWX2 x
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential B-1

Transport Platform
Hardware Description C Power Consumption, Weight and Slots of Boards
C Power Consumption, Weight and Slots of

Boards
This chapter describes the power consumption, weight and slots of board.
The values listed in the following table indicate the power consumption of the boards when they
normally work at 25C (77F) and 55C (131F).
Table C-1 Power consumption, weight and valid slots of the OptiX OSN 1800 boards
Maxim Maxi Weig OADM Valid
um mum ht (kg/ extended Slots in
Power Power lb.) frame OptiX
Consu Consu OSN 1800
mption mptio Numb Valid II
at 25C n at er of Slots in
(77F) 55C Occup OptiX
(W) (131 ied OSN 1800
Board F) (W) Slots I
TNF1C < 0.8 < 1.0 0.15/0. 2 - SLOT5, -

TL 33 SLOT6
TNF1 < 0.5 < 0.5 0.70/1. 1 SLOT1, SLOT1 - SLOT1 -

DMD1 54 SLOT3, SLOT4 SLOT7
SLOT4

S SLOT4

SLOT4

S SLOT4
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential C-1

Transport Platform
C Power Consumption, Weight and Slots of Boards Hardware Description

(W) (131 ied OSN 1800
TNF1F 7.2 36.0 0.70/1. 1 - - SLOT11

AN01 54
TNF1F 3.6 18.0 0.36/0. 1 SLOT6 - -

AN02 79
TNF1F < 0.5 < 0.5 0.85/1. 1 SLOT1, SLOT1 - SLOT1 -

IU 87 SLOT3, SLOT4 SLOT7
SLOT4
TNF1L 15.0 18.0 0.75/1. 1 The wind - SLOT1 -

DGF 65 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

DGF2 65 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

OE 81 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

OEL 81 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

OEU 81 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4
C-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform

(W) (131 ied OSN 1800

QG 26 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

QM 32 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

QM2 59 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

SPL 50 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

SPR 45 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

SPU 56 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

Transport Platform
C Power Consumption, Weight and Slots of Boards Hardware Description

(W) (131 ied OSN 1800

SX 65 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

WX2 52 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4

MD8 41 SLOT3, SLOT4 SLOT7
SLOT4

MD8S 45 SLOT3, SLOT4 SLOT7
SLOT4

MR1 19 SLOT3, SLOT4 SLOT7
SLOT4

MR1S 21 SLOT3, SLOT4 SLOT7
SLOT4

SLOT4

SLOT4

SLOT4

SLOT4
C-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform

(W) (131 ied OSN 1800
TNF1 1.2 1.4 0.41/0. 1 SLOT1, - SLOT1 -

OLP 90 SLOT3, SLOT6
SLOT4
TNF1 4.9 5.9 0.58/1. 1 The wind - SLOT1 -

OPU 28 cooling SLOT6
mode:
SLOT1,
SLOT3,
SLOT4
TNC1P 2.0 2.0 0.18/0. 1 SLOT5 - -

IU 40
TND1 2.0 2.0 0.15/0. 1 - - SLOT9,

PIU 33 SLOT10
TNF1S < 0.5 < 0.5 0.52/1. 1 SLOT1, SLOT1 - SLOT1 -

BM1 15 SLOT3, SLOT4 SLOT7
SLOT4

SLOT4

SLOT4

SLOT4
TNF1S 17.2 20.6 0.55/1. 1 The wind - SLOT8

CC 21 cooling
mode:
SLOT2
TNF1S < 0.5 < 0.5 0.7/1.5 1 SLOT1, SLOT1 - SLOT1 -

CS 4 SLOT3, SLOT4 SLOT7
SLOT4

Transport Platform
Hardware Description D Glossary
D Glossary
3R Regeneration, Reforming, Retiming.
Alarm A visible or an audible indication to notify the person concerned that a

failure or an emergency has occurred. See also Event.
ALC Automatic Level Control. The technique supports the adjustment of optical
power aimed to restrain the output power to be inferior on the downstream
and keep the optical power to be within a certain working range.
APD Avalanche Photo diode. A semiconductor photo detector with integral

detection and amplification stages. Electrons generated at a p/n junction
are accelerated in a region where they free an avalanche of other electrons.
APDs can detect faint signals but require higher voltages than other
semiconductor electronics.
Asynchronous A network where transmission system payloads are not synchronized and
each network terminal runs on its own clock.
Attenuation Reduction of signal magnitude or signal loss, usually expressed in

decibels.
Auto- The rate/work mode of the communication party set as self-negotiation is

negotiation specified through negotiation according to the transmission rate of the
opposite party.
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential D-1

Transport Platform
D Glossary Hardware Description
BIP BIP-X code is defined as a method of error monitoring. With even parity
an X-bit code is generated by the transmitting equipment over a specified
portion of the signal in such a manner that the first bit of the code provides
even parity over the first bit of all X-bit sequences in the covered portion
of the signal, the second bit provides even parity over the second bit of all
X-bit sequences within the specified portion, etc. Even parity is generated
by setting the BIP-X bits so that there is an even number of 1s in each
monitored partition of the signal. A monitored partition comprises all bits
which are in the same bit position within the X-bit sequences in the covered
portion of the signal. The covered portion includes the BIP-X.
Cable tie The tape used to bind the cables.
Channel The centre-to-centre difference in frequency or wavelength between

spacing adjacent channels in a WDM device.
Channel The smallest subdivision of a circuit that provides a type of communication

service; usually a path with only one direction.
Client A kind of terminal (PC or workstation) connected to a network that can

send instructions to a server and get results through a user interface. See
also server.
Connection A "transport entity" which consists of an associated pair of "unidirectional

connections" capable of simultaneously transferring information in
opposite directions between their respective inputs and outputs.
Conversion In the context of message handling, a transmittal event in which an MTA

transforms parts of a message content from one encoded information type
to another, or alters a probe so it appears that the described messages were
so modified.
CWDM Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing. The technology for

transmitting signals at multiple wavelengths through the same fiber with
wide spacing between optical channels. Typical spacing is several
nanometers or more.
Demultiplexing A process applied to a multiplex signal for recovering signals combined

within it and for restoring the distinct individual channels of the signals.
Drop The port on a network element where the service to an end customer may
be connected, e.g., a tributary card on a SONET ADM. For example, a
drop for a DS1 customer service may be provided by a VT1.5 card
terminating a VT1.5 trail.
D-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
DWDM Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing. The technology utilizes the

characteristics of broad bandwidth and low attenuation of single mode
optical fiber, employs multiple wavelengths with specific frequency
spacing as carriers, and allows multiple channels to transmit
simultaneously in the same fiber.
ECC Embedded Control Channel. An ECC provides a logical operations

channel between NEs, utilizing a data communications channel (DCC) as
its physical channel.
EDFA Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier. The optical amplifier that its fiber doped
with the rare earth element erbium, which can amplify at 1530 to 1610 nm
when the optical amplifier is pumped by an external light source.
EPL Ethernet Private Line. An EPL service is a point-to-point interconnection

between two UNIs without SDH bandwidth sharing. Transport bandwidth
is never shared between different customers.
ESCON Enterprise System Connection. A path protocol which connects the host
with various control units in a storage system. It is a serial bit stream
transmission protocol. The transmission rate is 200 Mbit/s.
ESD Electrostatic Discharge. The phenomena the energy being produced by

electrostatic resource discharge instantly.
Ethernet A data link level protocol comprising the OSI model's bottom two layers.
It is a broadcast networking technology that can use several different
physical media, including twisted pair cable and coaxial cable. Ethernet
usually uses CSMA/CD. TCP/IP is commonly used with Ethernet
networks.
Eye pattern A graphic presentation formed by the superimposition of the waveforms

of all possible pulse sequences.
FC Fiber Channel. A standard of data storage network for transmitting signals

at 100 Mbit/s to 4.25 Gbit/s over fiber or (at slow speeds) copper.
Fiber channel The channel which is used for fiber routing.
Fiber connector A device mounted on the end of a fiber-optic cable, light source, receiver,
or housing that mates to a similar device to couple light into and out of
optical fibers. A connector joins two fiber ends, or one fiber end and a light
source or detector.
FICON Fibre Connect. A new generation connection protocol which connects the
host with various control units. It carries single byte command protocol
through the physical path of fibre channel, and provides higher rate and
better performance than ESCON.

Transport Platform
Flow An aggregation of packets that have the same characteristics. On the T2000
or NE software, flow is a group of classification rules. On boards, it is a
group of packets that have the same quality of service (QoS) operation. At
present, two flows are supported: port flow and port+VLAN flow. Port
flow is based on port ID and port+VLAN flow is based on port ID and
VLAN ID. The two flows cannot coexist in the same port.
Frame A cyclic set of consecutive time slots in which the relative position of each
time slot can be identified.
Gain spectrum- The technology to keep the gain into being a basically fixed value.
shape pre-tilt
Gain The ratio between the optical power from the input optical interface of the
optical amplifier and the optical power from the output optical interface
of the jumper fiber, which expressed in dB.
GE ADM The technology can optimize GE service transport over WDM for Metro
network. It owns the capability of GE service convergence and grooming
and benefits to use the network resource more effectively.
Isolation A non-reciprocal optical device intended to suppress backward reflections

along an optical fibre transmission line while having minimum insertion
loss in the forward direction.
Jitter Short waveform variations caused by vibration, voltage fluctuations,

control system instability, etc.
Label A mark on a cable, a subrack, or a cabinet for identification.
Laser The device that generates the directional light covering a narrow range of
wavelengths. Laser light is more coherent than ordinary light.
Semiconductor diode lasers are the used light source in fiber-optic system.
Layer A concept used to allow the transport network functionality to be described

hierarchically as successive levels; each layer being solely concerned with
the generation and transfer of its characteristic information.

Transport Platform
MAC Media Access Control. The data link sublayer that is responsible for
transferring data to and from the Physical Layer.
Mapping A procedure by which tributaries are adapted into virtual containers at the
boundary of an SDH network.
Mean launched The average power of a pseudo-random data sequence coupled into the
power fibre by the transmitter.
Multiplex To transmit two or more signals over a single channel.
Multiplexer An equipment which combines a number of tributary channels onto a fewer

number of aggregate bearer channels, the relationship between the
tributary and aggregate channels being fixed.
Multiplexing A procedure by which multiple lower order path layer signals are adapted
into a higher order path or the multiple higher order path layer signals are
adapted into a multiplex section.
Noise figure The specification to scale the random signal in the system presenting in
addition to any wanted signal.
NRZ Non Return to Zero. A digital code in which the signal level is low for a 0
bit and high for a 1 bit and dose not return to 0 between successive 1 bits.
OLP Optical Line Protection. A protection mechanism supports a working path

and a protection path with dual-fed signal selection function. Normally,
the working path carries the traffic. The protection path will work to be
against the situation that there is any fault in the working link.
Optical A device or subsystem in which optical signals can be amplified by means

Amplifier of stimulated emission taking place in an suitable active medium. It is used
to amplify the optical signal of the optical transmission system.
Optical A device to allow two or more corresponding optical transmitting units to

interface be connected.
Optical A branching device with two or more input ports and one output port where
multiplexer the light in each input port is restricted to a preselected wavelength range
and the output is the combination of light from the input ports.
Optical switch A passive component possessing two or more ports which selectively
transmits, redirects, or blocks optical power in an optical fiber transmission
line.
OSC Optical Supervisory Channel. A technology realizes communication

among nodes in optical transmission network and transmits the monitoring
data in a certain channel (the wavelength of the working channel for it is
1510 nm and that of the corresponding protection one is 1625 nm).

Transport Platform
OSNR Optical Signal-to-Noise Ratio. Ratio of the optical power of the transmitted
optical signal to the noise on the received signal.
OTU Optical Transponder Unit. A device that access service signals compliant
with standards at the client side and convert them into standard DWDM
or CWDM wavelengths.
Overhead Extra bits in a digital stream used to carry information besides traffic
signals. Orderwire, for example, would be considered overhead
information.
PDH Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy. PDH is the digital networking hierarchy

that was used before the advent of Sonet/SDH.
PIN Photodiode. A semiconductor detector with an intrinsic (i) region

separating the p- and n-doped regions. It has fast linear response and is
used in fiber-optic receivers.
Polarization The maximum variation of loss result from a variation of the state of
dependence loss polarization of the input signal at nominal operating conditions.
Power and The power and environment monitoring unit is installed at the top of the
environment cabinet of the SDH equipment and is used to monitor the environment
monitoring unit variables, such as the power supply and temperature. With external signal
input through the relay, fire alarm, smoke alarm, burglary alarm, etc. can
be monitored as well.
Receiver Receiver overload is the maximum acceptable value of the received

overload average power at point R to achieve a 1 x 10-10 BER.
Receiver Receiver sensitivity is defined as the minimum acceptable value of average

sensitivity received power at point R to achieve a 1 x 10-12 BER.
Reflection The difference between the amount of light incident and the amount that
coefficient is reflected back from a surface.
REG A device that performs regeneration.
Regeneration The process of receiving and reconstructing a digital signal so that the
amplitudes, waveforms and timing of its signal elements are constrained
within specified limits.
RS232 In the asynchronous transfer mode and there is no hand-shaking signal. It

can communicate with RS232 and RS422 of other stations in point-to-
point mode and the transmission is transparent. Its highest speed is 19.2
kbit/s.
RS422 The interface can change to RS232 via the hardware jumper and others are
the same as RS232.

Transport Platform
S1 byte The byte defined in ITU-T to transmit the network synchronization status
information.
SAN Storage Area Network. A dedicated high-speed data storage network

which interconnects multiple independent storage systems with multiple
servers through fibre path switch or other switch equipment.
SD signal degrade.
see signal degrade.
SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy. A hierarchical set of digital transport

structures, standardized for the transport of suitably adapted payloads over
physical transmission networks.
Section The portion of a SONET transmission facility, including terminating

points, between (i) a terminal network element and a regenerator or (ii)
two regenerators. A terminating point is the point after signal regeneration
at which performance monitoring is (or may be) done.
SF signal fail.
See signal fail.
SFP small form-factor pluggable.

see small form-factor pluggable.
Side panel The panel on the side of the cabinet.
Signal cable The cable which is used to transmit electrical signals, different from the
power cable or fiber.
Subnet The logical entity in the transmission network and comprises a group of
network management objects. A subnet can contain NEs and other subnets.
A subnet planning can enhance the organization of a network view.
T2000 The T2000 is a subnet management system (SNMS). In the

telecommunication management network architecture, the T2000 is
located between the NE level and network level, which can support all NE
level functions and part of the network level management functions. See
also NM.
TMN Telecommunications Management Network. The entity which provides

the means used to transport and process information related to
management functions for the telecommunications network.
TPS Tributary Protection Switching. A function provided by the equipment, is

intended to protect N tributary processing boards through a standby
tributary processing board.

Transport Platform
VLAN Virtual local area network. A subset of the active topology of a Bridged
Local Area Network. Associated with each VLAN is a VLAN Identifier
(VID).
WDM Wavelength-Division Multiplexing. WDM technology utilizes the

characteristics of broad bandwidth and low attenuation of single mode
optical fiber, employs multiple wavelengths as carriers, and allows
multiple channels to transmit simultaneously in a single fiber.
WTR time A period of time that must elapse before a-from a fault recovered-trail/
connection can be used again to transport the normal traffic signal and/or
to select the normal traffic signal from.
WTR Wait to Restore. This command is issued when working channels meet the
restore threshold after an SD or SF condition. It is used to maintain the
state during the WTR period unless it is pre-empted by a higher priority
bridge request.

Transport Platform
Hardware Description E Acronyms and Abbreviations
E Acronyms and Abbreviations
ADM Add and Drop Multiplexer
AFEC Advanced Forward Error Correction
ALC Automatic Level Control
ALS Automatic Laser Shutdown
APD Avalanche Photo Diode
APS Automatic Protection Switching
CMI Coded Mark Inversion
CPU Central Processing Unit
CWDM Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplex
DCC Data Communication Channel
DMUX Double Multiplexer
DWDM Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexer
ECC Embedded Control Channel
EDFA Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifier
ESCON Enterprise Systems Connection
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential E-1

Transport Platform
E Acronyms and Abbreviations Hardware Description
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
ETSI European Telecommunication Standards Institute
FC Fiber Channel
FEC Forward error correction
GE Gigabit Ethernet
ID Identity
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
IP Internet Protocol
ITU-T International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication

Sector
LAN Local Area Network
LD Laser Diode
LOS Loss Of Signal
MCF Message Communication Function
NE Network Element
NM Network Management
NRZ Non Return to Zero
E-2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Transport Platform
Hardware Description E Acronyms and Abbreviations
OADM Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer
OAM Operation Administration and Maintenance
OLP Optical Line Protection
OM Optical Multiplexing
OSC Optical Supervisory Channel
OSI Open Systems Interconnection
OSNR Optical Signal-to-noise Ratio
OSPF Open Shortest Path First
OTU Optical Transponder Unit
PC Permanent Connection
PDL Polarization Dependent Loss
PGND Protection Ground
PMD Polarization Mode Dispersion
SAN Storage Area Network
SC Switched Connection
SCC System Control & Communication
SD Signal Degrade
SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SF Signal Fail
SFP Small Form-Factor Pluggable
SLM Single Longitudinal Mode
SM Section Monitoring
SNCP Subnetwork Connection Protection
SONET Synchronous Optical Network
TE Traffic Engineering
Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential E-3

Transport Platform
E Acronyms and Abbreviations Hardware Description
TMN Telecommunications Management Network
WDM Wavelength Division Multiplex
XFP 10Gbit/s Small Form-Factor Pluggable
E-4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)


00459762-Hardware Description (V100R001 - 06) PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

00459762-Hardware Description (V100R001 - 06) PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OptiX OSN 1800 Compact Multi-Service Edge Optical Transport

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2009. All rights reserved.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

About This Document.....................................................................................................................1

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

4.4 Working Principle and Signal Flow................................................................................................................4-3

ii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

13.5 Front Panel..................................................................................................................................................13-7

iv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

18.1 Version Description.....................................................................................................................................18-2

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v

22.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................22-5

vi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

27.1 Version Description.....................................................................................................................................27-2

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii

31.6 Valid Slots...................................................................................................................................................31-6

viii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

36.1 Version Description.....................................................................................................................................36-2

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ix

Figure 1-1 Functional block diagram of the CTL board...................................................................................... 1-3

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xi

xii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Figure 18-1 Application of the LSPU in WDM system.....................................................................................18-2

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xiii

xiv Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Table 1-1 Version description of the CTL............................................................................................................1-2

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xv

Table 8-5 Specifications of FE electrical service at client side..........................................................................8-10

xvi Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Table 13-6 Specifications of GE electrical service at client side.....................................................................13-11

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xvii

Table 16-3 Types and functions of the LSPL interfaces....................................................................................16-6

xviii Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Table 21-5 TNF1MD8 board specifications.......................................................................................................21-6

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xix

Table 29-4 MR8 optical interfaces displayed on the T2000.............................................................................. 29-6

xx Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Table 37-1 Version description of the SCC........................................................................................................37-2

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential xxi

About This Document

Product Name Version

OptiX OSN 1800 V100R001

OptiX iManager T2000 V200R007C03

l Network Planning Engineer

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

2 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Issue 06 (2009-10-19) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

A Indicators This appendix describes the meaning and status of the

B Loopback Describes the loopback function of the OTU boards.

D Glossary This appendix lists the terms used in this document.

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which, if not

Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not

NOTE Provides additional information to emphasize or

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

4 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Issue 06 (2009-10-19)

Italic Book titles are in italics.

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic Command arguments are in italic.